Home

HP LaserJet Enterprise M4555 MFP user guide - ENWW

1. Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Qualty Effects Finishing Job Storage Services Document Options V Print on both sides Flip pa okl out fy hd ba Orientation Portrait Landscape Rotate by 180 degrees Print on 10 x 15 cm 4 x 6 in paper with Windows Basic print tasks with Windows 129 7 Expand the list of Type is options 8 Expand the list of Photo Cover 176 220g paper types and select the paper type that you are using Print multiple pages per sheet with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program Inser click Print view 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Prag HP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 ae HF LaserJet Professional M1212nf MFP yi HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series ye HP Officejet Pro 8500 A90Sn Series HP Officejet Pro 8500 AS09n Series fax HF Photosmart A640 series HF Photosmart Plus B209a m Ei 3 Click the Finishing tab fp Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Services Document Options Print on both sides Flip pages up Booklet layout Off Pages per sheet 1 page per sheet gt Print page borders Page order Right then Down Orientation Portrait Landscape
2. Special Pages he w eee oo a Special Pages Covers Pages in document Insert blank or preprinted sheets First Chapter separator pages Last Pages Eg 1 3 5 12 NOTE All pages not listed in this table are set to Paper source Automatically Select Tray 1 M es Paper type aper type Cardstock 176 220g v Print on both sides On Special pages defined for this print job Page Type Pages Paper Source Paper Type Additional attributes Additional print tasks with Windows 139 7 If you are printing both the first and last pages n x on different paper aie steps 5 and 6 paca s vers Pages in document selecting the options for the other page tpa on er peper oa Chapter separator pages Pages Eg 1 3 5 12 NOTE All pages not listed in this table are set to Paper source Automatically Select Tayl bA H y Paper type Unspecified Papertype Soon ama Cardstock 1762203 Special pages defined for this print job Page Type Pages Paper Source Paper Type Additional attributes Print pages on different paper First Tray 1 Cardstock 176 2 Delete Delete All 8 Click the OK button r Special Pages ae oe M 3 Pages in document 7 pape Insert blank or preprinted sheets First Chapter separator pages Last Pages Eg 1 3 5 12 NOTE All
3. 5 Expand the list of Type is options Everyday lt 96q H Photo Cover 176 2209 E Other 134 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 6 Expand the list of Other options El Type ist Everyday lt 96g H Photo Cover 176 220g 7 Select the option for the type of paper you are using and click the OK button El Type is Everyday lt 96q Photo Cover 176 220g EI Other 2 Monochrome Laser Transparency Print on special paper labels or transparencies 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 135 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button om HP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 HP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 P7 HP LaserJet Professional M1212nf MFP 7 HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series PA HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax ae HP Photosmart A640 series aw HP Photosmart Plus B209a m 3 Click the Paper Quality tab Print Quality FastRes 1200 A Print pages on different paper Insert blank or preprinted sheets E EconoMode Chapter separator pages May Save Print Cartridges 4 From the Paper type drop down list click the More option Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Services Paper Options Paper sizes Print Quality Covers Fast
4. Scaling T 125 j 200 Auto include margins Copies a g Black Gray 100 Da Letter A a Letter 2 Sides 1 to 1 sided i i Collated Reduce Enlarge i Paper Selection na G ao Options Image Adjustment i Lo Dsfaut wo P Staple Collate Use copy functions 157 Collate a copy job 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button 2 Touch the Collate button or the Staple Collate button 3 Touch the Collate on Sets in page order option 4 Touch the Start button 158 Chapter9 Copy Image Adjustment HP LaserJet M4555 MFP Ready Access preset job options for Make copies from an original J commonly used jobs yi document Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment i fax numbers i to an e mail Dec 10 2010 4 05 58 PM Copy Ready Black Gray 100 5 Letter ja gt Ba Letter Reduce Enlarge Q i f Staple Collate 1 to 1 sided LL Collated nb i aa Auto i Content Orientation e Collate on Sets in page order Q Collate off Pages grouped Copy 4 Ready Black Gray 100 da Letter a 4 lal Letter BEE Reduce Eniarge 32ti ti id 7 eer Staple Collate 1 to 1 sided l Collated om Adjustment Default ENWW Copy settings Change copy quality Optimize the copy image for text or pictures 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button 2 Touch the Mor
5. 186 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder From the Home screen touch the E mail button NOTE If prompted type your user name and password Touch the address book button that is next to the To field to open the Address Book screen From the drop down list select the address book view that you want to use Chapter 10 Scan and send documents HP LaserJet M4555 MFP E p Ap Ready copies m Quick Set Copy Sa Access preset job options for Make copies from an original commonly used jobs document Fax E mail Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment fax numbers 1 to an e mail Send E mail Read From Administrator To May 24 2010 9 18 41 AM More Options Address Book admin admin company com TIS aT Name Name company com ENWW 5 Select a name from the list of contacts and then touch the right arrow button to add the name to the recipients list Repeat this step for each recipient and then touch the OK button 6 Touch the Start button to begin sending ENWW Address Book admin admin company com Name company com fy Send E mail R War Ready review Auto detect 100 PDF KJ Auto a z a Auto Optimize Text Picture PDF A Output Quality 5 Original Sides Q Mal Resolution Content Orientation
6. Another product with the same or similar name might have received your print job Print a configuration page to check the product name Verify that the name on the configuration page matches the product name in the Print amp Fax list When connected with a USB cable the product does not appear in the Print amp Fax list after the driver is selected Software troubleshooting A Make sure that your Mac operating system is Mac OS X 10 5 or later Hardware troubleshooting 1 2 3 4 Make sure that the product is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected correctly Make sure that you are using the appropriate high speed USB cable Make sure that you do not have too many USB devices drawing power from the chain Disconnect all of the devices from the chain and connect the cable directly to the USB port on the computer Check to see if more than two non powered USB hubs are connected in a row on the chain Disconnect all of the devices from the chain and then connect the cable directly to the USB port on the computer Ee NOTE The iMac keyboard is a non powered USB hub You are using a generic printer driver when using a USB connection If you connected the USB cable before you installed the software you might be using a generic printer driver instead of the driver for this product 1 2 Delete the generic printer driver Reinstall the software from the product CD Do not connect the USB cable until the
7. Untitled Network Folder Path More Options May 24 2010 9 26 03 AM Save to Network Folder q Keady StringInfo is null E Black PDF File Name Untitled Network Folder Path More Options May 24 2010 9 26 03 AM Save to Network Folder LV 4 Ready Preview File Name Untitled Network Folder Path StringInfo is null E Black PDF May 24 2010 9 26 03 AM Save to Network Folder Keady More Options Preview Q StringInfo is null File Name 2 Black PDF Eel Network Folder Path May 24 2010 9 26 03 AM More Options Send a scanned document to a folder in the product memory 178 Use this procedure to scan a document and save it on the product so you can print copies at any time Chapter 10 Scan and send documents ENWW 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the Save to Device Memory button NOTE If prompted type your user name and password 3 Select an existing folder or touch the New Folder button to create a new folder 4 Neh the name for the file in the File Name text field ENWW HP LaserJet M4555 MFP Send a document to a folder on the network nm Print a job stored on this device s a memory Save the scanned job to a USB storage device Save the scanned job to this device s
8. www hp com support lim4555mfp You can print these topics and keep them near the product They are a handy reference for procedures that you perform frequently Quick Reference Guide This guide contains procedures for the most commonly used product functions The guide is available from this Web site www hp com support jm4555mfp You can print this guide and keep it near the product Control panel help The control panel has built in help that guides you through several tasks such as replacing the print cartridge and clearing jams 268 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Solve problems checklist ENWW Follow these steps when trying to solve a problem with the product 1 Make sure the product Ready light is on If no lights are on complete these steps b d Check the power cable connections Check that the power is turned on Make sure that the line voltage is correct for the product power configuration See the label that is inside the product for voltage requirements If you are using a power strip and its voltage is not within specifications plug the product directly into the wall If it is already plugged into the wall try a different outlet It none of these measures restores power contact HP Customer Care Check the cabling b C Check the cable connection between the product and the computer or network port Make sure that the connection is secure Make sure that the cable itself is not fau
9. EMC CISPR22 2005 A1 EN55022 2006 A1 Class A 9 EN 61000 3 2 2006 EN61000 3 3 2008 EN 55024 1998 A1 A2 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class A 3 ICES 003 Issue 4 GB9254 2008 GB17625 1 2003 TELECOM ES 203 021 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 687 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004 108 EC the Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC and the R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC Annex II and carries the CE Marking accordingly 336 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems 2 For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the product name or the product number s 3 The product meets the requirements of EN55022 amp CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies Warning This is a class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures 4 Telecom approvals and standards appropriate for the target countries regions have been applied to
10. Job Folders Select a job folder from the list at the lef A information about that job v Open From Device Memory Ready Job Folders gt Public gt Welcome Job Name Welcome Type Copy Job Total Pages 0 Copies 1 Application Scan Job w Original Size Letter 8 5x11 J Sides 1 sided RE Staple None Qa da Device Memory Job Folders gt Private gt budget A A This is a private job You must enter the v Delete When you send a stored job to the product memory the product overwrites any previous jobs with the same user and job name If a job is not already stored under the same user and job name and the product needs additional space the product might delete other stored jobs starting with the oldest You can change the number of jobs that can be stored from the General Settings menu on the product control panel Use this procedure to delete a job that is stored in the product memory 1 From the Home screen touch the Open from Device Memory button Select the name of the folder where the job is stored 2 3 Select the name of the job and then touch the Delete button 4 It the job is locked type the PIN in the PIN field and then touch the Delete button Set job storage options with Windows Print one copy for proof before printing all the copies 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Sele
11. Second Level Administration Menu Map Current Settings Page Contiguration Page Supplies Status Usage Page File Directory Page Fax Activity Log Billing Codes Report Blocked Fax List Speed Dial List Fax Call Report PCL Font List PS Font List Description Shows the entire structure of the Administration menu so you can identify how to navigate to any option Shows the product s current configurable settings Shows the product settings and installed accessories Shows the approximate remaining life for the supplies reports statistics on total number of pages processed serial number page counts and maintenance information HP provides approximations of the remaining life for the supplies as a customer convenience The actual remaining supply levels might be different than the approximations provided depending on the types of documents printed and other factors Shows a count of all paper sizes that have passed through the product lists whether they were simplex duplex monochrome or color and reports the page count Shows the file name and folder name for files that are stored in the product memory Contains a list of the faxes that have been sent from or received by this product A list of billing codes that have been used for outgoing faxes This report shows how many sent faxes were billed to each code A list of phone numbers that are blocked from sending faxes to this product Show
12. Selecting the number of rings to answer Printing date time and page number on faxes stamp Selecting input paper tray and destination bin Forwarding faxes to another number Blocking faxes from certain numbers Schedule the printing of faxes memory lock Notification settings Create or delete speed dial lists Speed dial allows you to assign a speed dial name to a single number or a group of numbers and then send a fax to that number or numbers by selecting the speed dial name ENWW Use fax 225 Create a speed dial list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Fax button 2 Touch the Speed Dials button to display the Speed Dial screen 3 Touch a Speed Dial Number 4 Touch the Speed Dial Name box to display the keyboard Type a name for the speed dial Touch the down arrow on the Speed Dial Name box to open the drop down menu 7 Touch the Fax Number option 226 Chapter 11 Fax HP LaserJet M4555 MFP oe EE cons E Quick Se Co a a Access preset job options for Es Make copies from an original a commonly used jobs l document Fax E mail Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment fax numbers to an e mail o Dec 10 2010 Fax Recipients Speed Dial Code b 4 Speed Dial 5555555555 GEC OOOH 8 Delete I Details More options Fax gt Speed Dials Speed Dial Name Speed Dial Code So
13. Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly Cause Solution The receiving fax machine might have a slow modem speed The fax accessory only sends the fax at the fastest modem speed the receiving fax machine can use The resolution at which the fax was sent or is being received If you are receiving the fax call and ask the sender to is very high A higher resolution typically results in better decrease the resolution and resend the fax If you are quality but also requires a longer transmission time sending decrease the resolution and change the Optimize Text Picture option It there is a poor phone line connection the fax accessory and Cancel and resend the fax Have the phone company check the receiving fax machine slow down the transmission to the phone line adjust for errors Faxes are not printing on the product Cause Solution There is no media in the media input tray Load media Any faxes received while the input tray is empty are stored and will print after the tray has been refilled Schedule Printing of Faxes is set It Schedule Printing of Faxes is enabled faxes will not print until it is disabled The product is either low on toner or has run out of toner The product stops printing as soon as it is low on toner or runs out of toner Any faxes received are stored in memory and print after the toner has been replaced For other product printing problems see the product user guide
14. EMG SIMMS AIK ORSON srera aner EEEE EEE E E TEES 339 EMI statement TAIWAN caco n naccotaswasancieatnacoucteewsdendodiesetuaieandainndateetonatsendosoteabaneisivesat 339 Laser statement for Finland ieisrsisrorersrererirsrie rikti eener teese raben AE EEEE E NEERA ENE 339 Eee Ti Sey E a E E E comme denn eenanes 340 Substances Table China ccccccccccceseccsesccseseeuscceesseussceeceeuseeeseeussuueuteustenseaseens 340 Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement Turkey cccccccessseeceeeueecceeeueeeees 340 Additional statements for telecom fax Products cccccsceeccccccceseeeeceeceeseeseeeeeceesaeeeeeeeeseaaeae ees 341 EU Statement for Telecom Operation cccccccseccccceeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeessueeeeeaaaesees 341 New Zealand Telecom Statements ccccccsssccceseccescceeecseeecsesessenecscuecseuseceenes 341 Additional FCC statement for telecom products US ccccccsseeeccceeseeeeeessaeeeeeeuaees 341 Telephone Consumer Protection Act US cccccsccccceeeseccceeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeseeeeaees 342 Industry Canada CS 03 requirements ccccceseccceeeeceeeeeeceeeueeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeenaeees 342 Japan Telecom Mark a 5iea dea Pansat nctetccm doaepeausgon E TE RE E ENEA EE fares olanes 343 Vietnam Telecom wired marking for ICTQC Type approved products ccseeceeeeeees 343 WAE E aa EAE EA E A 345 ENWW xvii xviii ENWW 1 Product basics
15. c sedrer et eee teen oe en ete 65 RIP TI TOW MOC oen E E R E Aa 65 Open the HP Utility o0n oonnensnnneessnnnssssnenssssrnsssssrressrressssrressen 65 vi ENWW FIP Utiliiy features 4ccc cnseace canner yacetesteesacenseeecnseesedonasoueuiaeoreasnnes 65 Supported MULTI L a Tor Ac omnes men oe ne nee ee 66 HP Embedded Web Server acu aienctyotsdeecctnateen ypacevean tiengtnccosn aeateares omens 66 PO VINA Seer oree e E EAEE NAE AAE EAE A E A annie A AAEE 67 Cancela prnl op WIN 0 ope eee renee ee nr nae AE 67 Change the paper size and type With Mac ccccccccecesseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeaaenees 67 Create and use printing presets With MAC cccccsecccceeeecceeseeeeeeesaeeeeeeesaeeeeeaaaeeseeaaees 67 Resize documents or print on a custom paper size With MAC cccceeeccceeesceeeeeeeneeeees 68 Printa cover page Wilh MOC ousarsermesesrsep srengen eee p sale ngs a EG O ae ene o orn R 68 Use watermarks wii MaC srirsimeisnitsrineininanins inaa ee aE eaaa Eea Eaei 68 Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper with Mac ccccccceesseseeeeeeeeeeesasseeeeeeeeeenaas 69 Print on both sides duplex with Mac ccccccccseccceeseceeeseeeceeseeeeesueeeeeeeseeeeeaaeeeeaeeeees 69 Sore jobs wili MaC ee ests oeceaars oestrone anit E ENE donee E ENTE E E i 69 SYol Vom prone mo WI aG e a E EE 71 S Conner Vine PEO E ar E AA 73 PRIS SMO MG OS Can ee E E E E O A E EEE EO E 74 Ea LE i TE I E E E E N A E 74 SD STNG O per
16. decoded The fax polling feature attempted to retrieve a fax from another machine but no fax was available Fax failure this includes all non specitic failures A power failure occurred during the fax reception A voice call was made to the fax Action s None None Have fax resent if the error persists contact service Have the sender resend the fax if the sending machine does not automatically retry Have fax resent if the error persists contact service Have fax resent if the error persists contact service Have fax resent if the error persists contact service If error persists may need to add additional RAM memory to product Have fax resent enable ECM Error Correction Mode if not already Have fax resent enable ECM Error Correction Mode if not already Contact the administrator of the fax machine being polled and verify a fax is available and then retry Have fax resent if the error persists contact service Have the sender resend the fax None Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Fax reports The following sections list the fax reports available on this product These reports can be printed or viewed on the product control panel The following fax reports are available on this product e Fax Activity Log e Billing Codes Report e Blocked Fax List e Speed Dial List e Fax Call Report Use the following steps to print or view a fax report 1 From the H
17. e 10 Memory chip missing YY values e 00 Black print cartridge The product indicates when a supply level is low Actual print cartridge life might vary You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable The product indicates when a supply level is very low Actual print cartridge life might vary You do not need to replace the print cartridge at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended Reinstall the print cartridge or install a new print cartridge If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Consider purchasing a replacement cartridge so it is available when the installed cartridge has reached the end of its estimated life If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge Consider purchasing a replacement cartridge so it is available when the installed cartridge has reached the end of its estimated life Solve problems with supplies 115 Table 7 1 Supplies status messages continued Control panel message Description Recommended action Fuser Kit low Fuser Kit very low Incompatible fuser Incompatible supplies Replace black cartridge Replace fuser kit 116 Chapter 7 Manage supplies The fuser kit is low The actual supply life remaining might vary Cons
18. 20 b bond 60 g m 16 lb bond to 200 g m 53 b bond Envelopes Range Minimum 90 mm 3 5 in x 148 mm 5 82 in Maximum 178 mm 7 0 x 254 mm 10 0 Labels Maximum 0 23 mm 0 01 in thick Transparencies Minimum 0 13 mm 0 01 in thick Stapling stacker Paper 60 g m 16 lb bond to 120 g Stapling capacity 30 sheets of m 32 lb bond 75 g m 20 b bond Bin capacity for staple jobs 15 stapled jobs of 30 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond Duplexer Paper 60 g m 16 lb bond to 120 g m 32 lb bond ENWW Load paper trays 91 Paper orientation for loading trays If you are using paper that requires a specific orientation load it according to the information in the following tables 2 NOTE The Alternative Letterhead Mode and Image Rotation settings affect the way you load letterhead or preprinted paper The following information depicts the default setting Paper orientation for loading Tray 1 Paper type Single sided printing Duplex printing no Single sided printing Duplex printing with no stapler stacker stapler stacker with the stapler the stapler stacker stacker Letterhead preprinted or Face up Face down Face up Face down prepunched Top edge leading into the Bottom edge leading into Bottom edge leading into Top edge leading into the product the product the product product Envelopes Face up Face up Short postage edge Short postage edge leading into the product leading in
19. 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Image Adjustment Touch the Lighter or Darker buttons to adjust the Darkness setting Touch the Less or More buttons to adjust the Contrast Background Cleanup or Sharpness settings Touch the Save button Ee NOTE Touch the Default button to reset the sharpness setting to the factory setting Optimize text picture 208 Use the optimize text picture feature to produce fax output that best matches the original Sending graphics and photos in text mode results in lower quality images 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings Detault Job Options e Optimize Text Picture Chapter 11 Fax ENWW 3 Touch one of the following options e Manually adjust default e Text e Printed picture e Photograph 4 Touch the Save button Job build Use the job build feature to combine multiple originals into a single fax job 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Job Build 3 Touch one of the following options e Job Build off default e Job Build on 4 Touch the Save button Blank page suppression Use the Blank page suppression f
20. COICO panel T MI saa idee E A aba EE ceria E A AAE E A 18 PG aA SHU enU ereere E E E E AE EER A OE RE E EEA EAEE EEEE EE EE E E 20 kopan SCT e E EE E 20 General SEMIN SCO sigeccnces st tasecesdordaeeencideadenobennss nisoen sce TE E eiA 21 Copy SS MENU sects no terre teiccari acd sierenctoneciheat mateo ange cite ENa aa iE NEATE 24 Scon Digital Sena Setings MENU diese pa eenee at tenty ect tenore iati EE a 27 FOSS T EA OU E E E E E EE A A E TA A T A E E 29 Open from USB Settings menu sssssoosnsennnennnssssssseeerernesssssssrrstrrrresssssserererensssessess 33 Prat gt SHI S MeN gaccersncagvseae reer anne e E aeteenreueanoceneet 33 PIE DONORS EU EE E A E NEE E AE E E RE 34 Display SS TIS SMS IN Uc cers tcerasceve as dnieetacseiencco sad aen noA EEE EEE nA Neni REEE Eaei 35 Mangge Uppies 1 ceri csirere a eo E 37 Mandage Tay MENU eo A E E E E E E E pinccledweroasceoes 37 ENWW Stapler Stacker Settings MENU ccceccccccccee eee eesseeeeeceeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeseesssaeeeeeeeeeeegaaas 38 Newark SAAS Mpc cesses so cere ae E vo eee ee cee 39 Troupleshooling MENU saresiere srera ireng E ERE E eragi o aE Eo E NEE SREO EEEa O EEA 42 Device Maintenance menu ssssesssssssessrssesessrstesssrestsrssesersresesersrsresesresreresreseseesrereseeseseeseseesene 45 Backup gl at ol foal n O ent ane en E A E EE 45 Calibrathon Cleaning Menu eee nee een ee eeni eeano aen A ee en E EEE EEn 45 USB Firmware Upgrade Menu er rete secre sciatic ma g
21. FastRes 1200 Print pages on different paper Insert blank or preprinted sheets E EconoMode Chapter separator pages May Save Print Cartridges Ca ENWW 4 3 6 In the Special pages area click the Print pages on different paper option and then click the Settings button In the Pages in document area select either the First or Last option Select the correct options from the Paper source and Paper type drop down lists Click the Add button ENWW r n EE Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Services Paper Options Paper sizes 8 5 x 14 inches Legal v 3 LLY Paper source Automatically Select v Paper type l Unspecified v Print Quality i Special pages Covers FastRes 1200 gt _Fiiosesenafectome Se epnnted sheet EconoMode or pages May Save Print Cartridges F Special Pages a w oe oe Es Special Pages 7 Pages in document Insert blank or preprinted sheets Chapter separator pages Last Pages Eg 1 3 5 12 NOTE All pages not listed in this table are set to Paper source Paper source Automatically Select Automatically Select vd Paper type Unspecified shape Unspecfied Print on both sides On i I Special pages defined for this print job A Page Type Pages Paper Source Paper Type Additional attributes
22. If no fax is held a No Fax is Available message will be displayed If the fax machine does not support the polling feature a Poll Invalid error message will be shown Default job options The following default job options are available for configuration e Notification e Stamp Received Faxes e Fitto Page e Paper Selection e Output Bin e Sides Ee NOTE Detault job option settings are shared across all fax methods analog LAN and internet fax Notification 214 This setting controls when the fax call report is printed for incoming faxes 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Notification Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Touch one of the following notitication settings e Do not notify default e Notify when job completes e Notify only if job fails Touch the Print option to receive a printed notification or touch the E mail option to receive an e mail notification If you selected the Print option touch the Save button to complete the notification setup Or If you selected the E mail option use the keyboard to type an e mail address Then touch the Save button to complete the notification setup Touch the Include Thumbnail check box to include a thumbnail image with notifications Stamp received faxes incoming faxes The stamp received faxes setting enables or disables stam
23. SEIS CIE PAPST IYE serre esns EE E REE EEE EE E EEE NEE 297 Use paper that meets HP specifications cccccccccccsseccccceeseeceeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeeesaaeeeees 297 PPA sl CTIA IN ON erene ee ete vs eens S E 298 Sel p image We Chl stralon cra cele arenino EEDE eg eda nceencns nurs EOE E E TEE iaei 298 CSI me pnn NIN Scared reiken igean an rR E E EE ERE E 298 Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs ccccceseeeeeeceeseeeeseeaaeeees 300 Improve print quality for copies cccecccccccec eee eeecceeeeeseeceeceeeeeeeseeeeeesseeseeeeseesaeneeeeees 301 The product does not print or it prints slowly ccccccccssecccceeseecceeesseeceeesueeeeeesseeeeeeeuaeeeeeeeaeeeees 302 Tite proauci does NOF TF seprene ieran ASEE EA eee ee 302 The produci prinis SIO sossen eek ancestor ete ARENE seh AEN EEA E EN EE ENEE R ELES 303 Solve walk up USB printing problems pee srteretenatiae sntsicantiaasacennatne nacescdanaeapumdeesasernctedsaiauanecnaeeaedumerce 304 The Open from USB menu does not open when you insert the USB accessory 304 The file does not print from the USB storage accessory sseeeeeeecceeeeeesssseseeeeseeeeees 304 The file that you want to print is not listed in the Open from USB menu 000cce ees 305 Solve conned vily PIO Ole INS goes aeere pat eee eer T ee 306 Solve directconnect problems ccccccecccccesesccceceseeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeeseeseeeseeeeeseeeeaeeeess 306 Solve
24. Touch the Sides button gt Black Gray 100 d Letter al 4 a Letter f Staple Collate i Collated Reduce Enlarge F x Paper Selection More X J ao U OO Options pte O O i Content Orientation e Image Adjustment 1 to 1 sided ENWW Copy on both sides duplex 169 4 To make a two sided copy from a one sided original touch the 1 sided original 2 sided ees Peo M output button 41 1 sided original 1 sided output side orientation 2 2 2 sided original 2 sided output O 1 42 1 sided original 2 sided output O 24 sided original 1 sided output Orientation To make a two sided copy from a two sided original touch the 2 sided original 2 sided output button Cancel To make a one sided copy from a two sided original touch the 2 sided original 1 sided output button Touch the OK button 5 Touch the Start button NO Ready Black Gray 100 da Letter B j B Letter Q Sides DR Staple Collate O WS 1 to 1 sided l Collate a F EE Content Orientation 170 Chapter9 Copy ENWW Use Job Build mode Use the Job Build feature to combine several sets of original documents into one copy job Also use this feature to copy an original document that has more pages than the document feeder can accommodate ENWW at one time 1 Load the original document face up in the document feeder or face down on the scanner glass 2 On the contr
25. click the Print amp Fax icon Select the product in the left side of the window Click the Options amp Supplies button Click the Driver tab Configure the installed options NOTE For Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 the installation procedure should automatically configure the installed options Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed Ee NOTE If the installation failed reinstall the software Install software for Mac computers on a wired network Configure the IP address 1 2 ENWW Make sure the product is turned on and that the Ready message appears on the control panel display Connect the network cable to the product and to the network Wait for 60 seconds before continuing During this time the network recognizes the product and assigns an IP address or host name for the product At the product control panel touch the Network Address button to identify the product IP address or host name Software for Mac 6 If the Network Address button is not visible you can find the IP address or host name by printing a configuration page a At the product control panel scroll to and touch the Administration button b Open the following menus e Reports e Configuration Status Pages e Configuration Page c Touch the View button to view the information on the control panel or touch the Print button to print the pages d Find the IP address on th
26. control panel Administration 20 Backup Restore 45 Calibrate Cleaning 45 Copy Settings 24 Display Settings 35 Fax Settings 29 General Settings 21 Manage Supplies 37 Manage Trays 37 Network Settings 39 Open from USB Settings 33 Print Options 34 Print Settings 33 Reports 20 Scan Digital Send Settings 27 Service 46 Stapler Stacker Settings 38 Troubleshooting 42 USB Firmware Upgrade 46 mercury free product 331 messages e mail alerts 65 numerical list 115 types of 272 mixed sizes copying 168 models features 2 modem speed 236 multifunction product 190 multiple pages per sheet printing Windows 130 N n up printing selecting Windows 130 names job specitying Windows 151 Netscape Navigator versions supported HP embedded Web Server 249 network password changing 79 ENWW password setting 79 settings changing 79 settings viewing 79 Network Folder scan to 177 network settings HP Embedded Web Server 254 Network Settings menu control panel 39 networks contiguring 75 default gateway 80 HP Web Jetadmin 255 installing EIO devices 260 IPv4 address 80 IPv address 81 print servers included 2 protocols supported 75 security 76 SMTP servers 182 subnet mask 80 networks wired installing product Mac 61 installing product Windows 76 non HP supplies 107 not configured 191 notes iii notification settings 206 O on off button locating 6 online help control panel 13 online support 323 Open
27. environment Ozone production This product generates no appreciable ozone gas O3 Power consumption Power usage drops significantly while in Ready or Sleep mode which saves natural resources and saves money without affecting the high performance of this product HewlettPackard printing and imaging equipment marked with the ENERGY STAR logo is qualitied to the U S Environmental Protection Agency s ENERGY STAR specitications for imaging equipment The following mark will appear on ENERGY STAR qualitied imaging products ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR Additional ENERGY STAR qualified imaging product model information is listed at www hp com qo eneraystar Toner consumption EconoMode uses less toner which might extend the life of the print cartridge HP does not recommend the full time use of EconoMode If EconoMode is used full time the toner supply might outlast the mechanical parts in the print cartridge If print quality begins to degrade and is no longer acceptable consider replacing the print cartridge Paper use This product s automatic duplex feature two sided printing and N up printing multiple pages printed on one page capability can reduce paper usage and the resulting demands on natural resources Plastics Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability to identity plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product s life ENWW Environmental pro
28. install when print quality is no longer acceptable The supply does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached its approximated end of life HP s premium Protection Warranty on that supply ends This message appears when at least two supplies have reached the low threshold The actual supply life remaining might vary Touch the Supplies button to see which supplies are low You do not need to replace the supplies at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended This message appears when at least two supplies have reached the very low threshold Touch the Supplies button to see which supplies are low The actual supply life remaining might vary You do not need to replace the supplies at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended The print cartridge is for a different HP product The print cartridge has been previously used Recommended action Touch the Supplies button to see which supplies need to be replaced Or configure the product to continue printing by using the Manage Supplies menu To continue printing either replace the supply or reconfigure the product by using the Manage Supplies menu on
29. w Oo D oee i ENWW Touch the down arrow on the Speed Dial Name box to open the drop down menu and then touch the Fax Numbers option Scroll through the list of fax numbers and touch the screen to the right of last digit of the tax number to be deleted Use the backspace key to delete the fax number Touch the OK button to return to the Speed Dials screen Touch the Ok button to return to the Fax screen EaI Speed Dial 00 Speed Dial Name l Speed Dial Name Speed Dial Code Speed Di oae rit A Fax Numbers Speed Dial 6559999959 5595555555 Add a number to an existing speed dial list 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Fax button Touch the Speed Dials button to display the Speed Dial screen ENWW Ap HP LaserJet M4555 MFP Ready Copies Quick Set Copy x Access preset job options for 5 Make copies from an original E i commonly used jobs p document Fax E mail pE i Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment fax numbers i to an e mail Preview al Speed Dial 5555555555 Dec A Q Send Fax g Ready Fax Recipients eg Speed Dial Code iJ l Delete Details More Options Use fax 229 3 Touch the Speed Dial number of the list to be edited Speed Dial Name Speed Dial Code Speed Dial Fax N
30. ytt j n kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite Normaalissa k yt ss kirjoittimen suojakotelointi est lasersateen p syn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on m ritetty standardin EN 60825 1 2007 mukaisesti VAROITUS Laitteen k ytt minen muulla kuin k ytt ohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa k ytt j n turvallisuusluokan 1 ylitt v lle n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle VARNING Om apparaten anv nds p annot s tt n i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anv ndaren uts ttas f r osynlig laserstr lning som verskrider gr nsen f r laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP LaserJet M4555 M4555h M4555f M4555fskm kirjoittimen sis ll ei ole k ytt j n huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil T llaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota v riainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita k ytt j n k sikirjassa lueteltuja k ytt j n teht v ksi tarkoitettuja yll pitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoisty kaluja Safety statements 339 VARO Mik li kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina nakymattomallelasersateilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa Ala katso s teeseen VARNING Om laserprinterns skyddsh lje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion uts ttas anv ndaren f r osynlig laserstr lning Betrakta ej str len Tiedot laitteessa k ytett v n laserdiodin s teilyomin
31. 0 13 mm 0 01 in thick Range 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 120 g m 32 lb bond Minimum 0 13 mm 0 01 in thick Range 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 200 g m 53 Ib bond Range 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 220 g m 59 lb bond Quantity Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 39 in Equivalent to 100 sheets of 75 g m 20 lb bond Up to 10 envelopes Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 39 in Maximum stack height 10 mm 0 39 in Up to 50 sheets Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Equivalent to 500 sheets of 75 g m 20 lb bond Maximum stack height for 10 x 15 cm 4 x 6 in size paper 15 mm 0 59 in Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Equivalent to 500 sheets of 75 g m 20 lb bond Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Maximum stack height 56 mm 2 2 in Up to 500 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib bond Up to 50 sheets of 75 g m 20 b bond 90 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Tray or bin Paper type Specifications Quantity Envelope feeder Envelopes Range Up to 75 envelopes Minimum 90 mm 3 5 in x 148 mm 5 82 in Maximum 178 mm 7 0 x 254 mm 10 0 e COM 10 e Monarch e B5 176 mm 6 9 in x 250 mm 10 0 in e C5 162 mm 6 4 in x 229 mm 9 0 in e DL110 mm 4 3 in x 220 mm 8 7 in Top and middle Paper 60 g m 16 lb bond to 120 g Up to 125 sheets of 75 g m output bins m 32 lb bond 20 Ib bond Bottom output bin Paper Range Up to 650 sheets of 75 g m
32. 3 Store the used print cartridge in a protective bag Information about recycling used print cartridges is on the print cartridge box 108 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW 4 Remove the new print cartridge from its protective bag NOTE Be careful not to damage the memory tag callout 1 on the print cartridge oe both sides of the print cartridge and distribute the toner by gently rocking the print cartridge five or six times Remove the orange plastic shipping lock from the bottom of the new print cartridge ENWW Replacement instructions 109 9 110 Pull on the orange tab to remove the toner sealing tape Completely remove the sealing tape from the cartridge CAUTION Avoid prolonged exposure to light Align the print cartridge with its slot and insert the print cartridge until it clicks into place Close the top cover Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Replace the staple cartridge for models with a stapler stacker 1 Press the release latch and then slide the stapler stacker away from the product 2 Open the staple cartridge door 3 Litt up on the staple cartridge green handle and then pull the cartridge out of the stapler to remove if ENWW E gt ar i Replacement instructions 111 4 Insert a new ae cartridge push down on it to a it into place and then close the staple cartridge door 5 Slide the stapler stacker toward the product until it latches in
33. 7 To configure the product to recognize the installed accessories complete these steps Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 1 From the Apple menu f click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print amp Fax icon 2 Select the product in the left side of the window 3 Click the Options amp Supplies button 4 Click the Driver tab 5 Configure the installed options NOTE For Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 the installation procedure should automatically configure the installed options 8 Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed Remove software from Mac operating systems You must have administrator rights to remove the software 1 Disconnect the product from the computer Open Applications Select Hewlett Packard Select HP Uninstaller Select the product from the list of devices and then click the Uninstall button u A Q N Atter the software is uninstalled restart the computer and empty the Trash ENWW Software for Mac 63 Priority for print settings for Mac Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made Ee NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program e Page Setup dialog box Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed here might override settings changed anywhere else e Print dialog b
34. A surge protection device can be used between the wall jack and the fax accessory to protect the fax accessory against electrical power passed through the phone lines These devices can cause some fax communication problems by degrading the quality of the phone signal If you are having problems sending or receiving faxes and are using one of these devices connect the fax accessory directly to the phone jack on the wall to determine whether the problem is with the surge protection device ENWW Solve fax problems 233 Are you using a phone company voice messaging service or an answering machine It the rings to answer setting for the messaging service is lower than the rings to answer setting for the fax accessory the messaging service answers the call and the fax accessory is not able to receive faxes If the rings to answer setting for the fax accessory is lower than that of the messaging service the fax accessory answers all calls and no calls are routed to the messaging service Does your phone line have a call waiting feature It the fax telephone line has an activated call waiting feature a call waiting notice can interrupt a fax call in progress which causes a communication error Ensure that a call waiting feature is not active on the fax telephone line Check fax accessory status It the analog fax accessory does not appear to be functioning print a Configuration Page report to check the status 1 From the Home screen scroll
35. CD that came with the product You can also download the printer driver from this Web site www hp com support lim4555mtp Print a short document from a different program that has worked in the past If this solution works then the problem is with the program you are using If this solution does not work the document does not print complete these steps a Try printing the job from another computer that has the product software installed b If you connected the product to the network connect the product directly to a computer with a USB cable Redirect the product to the correct port or reinstall the sottware selecting the new connection type that you are using Factors that affect product performance Several factors affect the time it takes to print a job Maximum product speed measured in pages per minute ppm The use of special paper such as transparencies heavy paper and custom size paper Product processing and download time The complexity and size of graphics The speed of the computer you are using The USB connection The product I O configuration The network operating system and configuration if applicable The printer driver that you are using 270 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Restore factory settings 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration menu 2 Open the following menus e General Settings e Restore Factory Settings 3 Select one or more categories of settings from t
36. COPA POO reste recite E E E E E E EE E EE O E 166 CISC slored Copy OD eersnsransn R A E R 167 Copy mired sze OnI a e E E ene en O EAA E EEE ee 168 Copy o both sides CU DISK ctncsacnsoascenronsauacodedeiniechinintsasneautanamenadeieie aoei E E Erard Eiaa 169 EO Buld MOOS aprann nanne E E A E E A EEEE A EATE E E A 171 10 5can and send GOCUMICING sssrrsrrssiscosicrnidirsrinbn r erniet r e ET E 173 Set up scan send features ccccccccccceeeccecee eee eeeeeeee ae eeeeeeeeee ae eeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaase ee eeeeesaaeeeeeeeeeaas 174 Use scan send functions cccccccecececcecececcccecucucuececeaeeeeucaeaesceucesaceesesusssuecucsaseseusucesacsecusuees 176 EE EIE AI E IEEE EIE eae ae N IAE VA E T T E EET 176 Change default scan send settings from the product control panel cceeecceeee noes 176 DENG a scanned COCOMMENT acta ica triir inori enea E a R E E A Eea a nE 177 Send a scanned document to a network folder cccccccseseccccceeceeeeeeeceeeessaeeeeeeeeaaas 177 Send a scanned document to a folder in the product memory ssssessiseessiieessrreessen 178 Send a scanned document to a USB flash drive cccccecccceseeeecceeeeeeeeeeueeeeseeaeeeeeens 180 SR eLA EIEEE P E ee IEE I EA ae E T 181 Supported protocols 05 o5 sd2scrwrcssucasandaadansnanepanncensesnicaaioterdsehereianescneseiehen 181 Configure e mail server settings ccccseeeesccececeeeessseeeeseeeeceeessaaeeeeeeeeeeees 182 Send a scanned do
37. ENWW To enable or disable JBIG compression perform the following steps 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the JBIG Compression feature default to enable JBIG compression 4 Touch the Save button Set the error correction mode Normally the fax accessory monitors the signals on the telephone line while it is sending or receiving a fax If the fax accessory detects an error during the transmission and the error correction setting is on the fax accessory can request that the error portion of the fax be sent again Error correction mode is enabled by default You should turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax and if you are willing to accept the errors in the transmission and a probable quality reduction in the image Turning off the setting might be useful when you are trying to send a fax overseas or receive one from overseas or if you are using a satellite telephone connection Ee NOTE Some VOIP providers may suggest turning error correction mode off However this is not usually necessary If error correction mode is disabled follow these steps to enable 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send
38. ID when printing option Set the user name for a stored job Follow this procedure to change the user name for a stored job 1 2 3 4 5 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab Select the job storage mode that you want In the User Name area click the User name option to use the Windows default user name To provide a different user name click the Custom option and type the name Specify a name for the stored job Follow this procedure to change the default name for a stored job 1 2 ENWW On the File menu in the sottware program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Additional print tasks with Windows 151 3 Click the Job Storage tab 4 Select the job storage mode that you want 5 To automatically generate the job name associated with the stored document in the Job Name area click the Automatic option The driver uses the document file name if it is available If the document has no file name the driver uses the software program name or a time stamp for the job name To specify a job name click the Custom option and type the name 6 Select an option from the If job name exists drop down list e Select the Use Job Name 1 99 option to add a number to the end of the existing name e Select the Replace Existing File option to overwrite
39. Number is touched a pop up is displayed which includes the PIN button for adding special character brackets to hide a PIN and a Pause button to insert a comma for a two second pause Ee NOTE The PIN is for calling card numbers not for the security of faxed documents A DES eee i aie ea GEENE Fax Number Status message bar While sending and receiving faxes status information will display in the status bar located at the top of some touch screens This status includes such information as Ready Receiving call Page sent and others Send a fax To send a fax you can use one of three basic methods to enter numbers e Enter numbers manually e Enter numbers using speed dial e Enter numbers using the fax address book Ee NOTE For online information about sending a fax touch on the screen to access the help menu and then touch the Fax menu under the list of help topics Allowable characters in fax numbers e Digits 0 9 e o e e spaces e I e 220 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW e X e P When entering a phone number from the numeric keypad include any pauses or other numbers such as area codes access codes for numbers outside a PBX system usually a 9 or 0 or a long distance prefix A two second pause may be included by typing a comma If the fax prefix setting has been set to automatically include the dialing pretix you will not need to enter it 2 NOTE Wh
40. OK button to complete the notification setup Touch the Include Thumbnail check box to include a thumbnail image with notifications Content orientation Original size ENWW Use the content orientation feature to set how the fax content is oriented on the page For 1 sided pages choose Portrait shortedge on top default setting or Landscape long edge on top For 2 sided pages choose Book style short edge on top or Flip style long edge on top l 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus Touch Portrait default or Landscape for l sided pages Touch Book style or Flip style for 2 sided pages Fax Settings Fax Send Settings Detault Job Options Content Orientation Touch the Save button Use the original size feature to match your fax content to the size of the original document l 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus Touch one of the following options Fax Settings Fax Send Settings Default Job Options Original Size Automatically detect default Letter 8 5x11 Mixed Letter Legal Legal 8 5 x 14 Executive 7 25 x 10 5 Statement 8 5 x 5 5 Set fax settings 207 4 e Legal 8 5 x 13 e A4 210x297 mm e A5 148x210 mm e B5 257x182 mm e 16k 197x273 mm e DPostcard JIS 148x200 mm Touch the Save button Image adjustment 1 2
41. Output Options Staple aa One Staple Angled 146 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Use job storage features with Windows The following job storage modes are available for print jobs e Proof and Hold This feature provides a quick way to print and proof one copy of a job and then print more copies e Personal Job When you send a job to the product the job does not print until you request it at the product control panel If you assign a personal identification number PIN to the job you must provide the required PIN at the control panel e Quick Copy If the optional hard disk is installed on the product you can print the requested number of copies of a job and then store a copy of the job on the optional hard disk Storing the job allows you to print additional copies of the job later e Stored Job If the optional hard disk is installed on the product you can store a job such as a personnel form time sheet or calendar on the product and allow other users to print the job at any time Stored jobs also can be protected by a PIN N CAUTION Ifyou turn off the product all Quick Copy Proof and Hold and Personal Job types of stored jobs are deleted To permanently store the job and prevent the product from deleting it when space is needed for something else select the Stored Job option in the driver Create a stored job with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program cli
42. Paper Path Test Test Page Print Source Select from a list of the available trays Destination Select from a list of the available bins Duplex Oft On Copies i 100 500 ENWW Administration menu 43 Table 2 15 Troubleshooting menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Stacking Oft On Manual Sensor Test Select from a list of available components Tray Bin Manual Sensor Select from a list of Test available components Component Test Select from a list of available components Print Stop Test Range O 60 000 Scanner Tests Select from a list of available components Control Panel LEDs Display Buttons Touchscreen Retrieve Diagnostic Data Create device data file Create zipped debug information file Include crash dump files Clean up debug information Send to E mail Export to USB Generate Debug Data 44 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Device Maintenance menu Backup Restore menu To display At the product control panel select the Device Maintenance menu and then select the Backup Restore menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 16 Backup Restore menu First level Second level Third level Values Backup Data Enable Scheduled Backups Backup Time Enter a time Days Between Backups Enter the number of days Backup Now Export Last Backup Insert a USB drive that contains the backup file Resto
43. Power Failure O A power failure occurred Try resending the fax during the fax transmission on the sending fax product No Fax Detected 17 or 36 No fax machine was detected Verify fax number and have at receiving end May be due receiver verify fax machine is to voice calls on and connected then try resending fax ENWW Solve fax problems 241 Receive fax messages Table 11 2 Receive fax messages Message Success Blocked Modem Fail Communication Error Communication Error Space Fail Page Fail Memory Error Compression Error Print Fail Poll Invalid Job Fail Power Failure No Fax Detected Error No n a n a Any 17 36 Any besides 17 or 36 Any 17 36 Description Fax received ok Fax reception was blocked by receiving fax machine using blocked number feature Unexpected or bad response from the internal modem to the product example is trying to send a fax just as another fax is arriving Lost telephone connection or interruption between sender receiver General communications issue where the fax transmission was interrupted or did not proceed as expected Unable to read or write image file to disk could be corrupt product disk or no space on disk Incompatible page width or page had too many bad lines Out of RAM memory on product Corrupted fax the received image file cannot be decoded Corrupted fax the received image file cannot be
44. Settings 3 Touch the Error Correction Mode check box to enable error correction mode if it is disabled unchecked 4 Touch the Save button Set billing codes The billing code setting when enabled prompts the user to enter a number when sending a fax This number is placed in the billing code report To view the billing code report either print the report or query it by using an application ENWW Set fax settings 203 Billing codes are disabled by default Follow these steps to enable billing codes 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Billing Codes 3 Touch the Enable Billing Codes feature to enable billing codes Ee NOTE To disable billing codes deselect the Enable Billing Codes feature touch the Save button and then skip the remaining steps To allow users to edit billing codes touch the Allow users to edit billing codes feature Touch the Default Billing Code text box to open the keyboard Enter the billing code and then touch the OK button Touch the Minimum Length text box to open the keypad Type the minimum number of digits you want in the billing code and then touch the OK button rs eS SS Touch the Save button Default job options 204 The following default job options are available for configuration e mage Preview e Resolution e Original Sides e Notification
45. Shores Paper Quay feds Fristing ob Storage Services A printing shortcut is a collection of saved print settings that you can select with a single click Printing shortcuts Factory Defaults General Everyday Printing Paper sizes 8 5 x 11 inches Letter Y i S Paper source Eco print Two sided Printing Automatically Select M Pages per sheet Booklet Printing 1 page per sheet X Print on both sides i li ly we El fl Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quaity Effects Finishing Job Storage Services A printing shortcut is a collection of saved print settings that you can select with a single dick Printing shortcuts Factory Defaults f Je 8 5 x 11 inches Delete navenant Basic print tasks with Windows 5 Select the print options for the new shortcut Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Services A printing shortcut is a collection of saved print settings that you can select with a single click Printing shortcuts 6 Click the Save As button C Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Services A printing shortcut is a collection of saved print
46. Symbols Numerics 10 x 15 cm paper printing Windows 129 4 x 6 in paper printing Windows 129 A accessories ordering 312 part numbers 313 acoustic specifications 326 activity log 243 address books e mail LDAP support 182 recipient lists 186 recipient lists creating 184 adjust copy images 161 Administration menu control panel 20 alerts e mail 65 anticounterfeit supplies 107 B Backup Restore menu control panel 45 batteries included 331 billing code report printing 244 billing codes 203 Billing Codes Report description 248 bins output capacity 90 locating 6 Blocked Fax List description 248 blocked fax list report printing 244 ENWW booklets creating Windows 142 books copying 165 both sides copying 169 both sides printing on turning on Mac 65 browser requirements HP embedded Web Server 249 browser Web remote configuration 194 buttons control panel touchscreen 16 C cable USB part number 314 Calibrate Cleaning menu control panel 45 call report 244 Canadian DOC regulations 338 cancel copy jobs 157 canceling print job 67 canceling afax 224 canceling a print request Windows 120 cartridge print replacing 108 cartridges non HP 107 recycling 107 330 storage 107 warranty 317 cautions iii cleaning paper path 263 298 product 262 scanner glass 159 263 clearing log report data 244 collate copy jobs 158 Color usage Macintosh 65 contiguration remote 194 Confi
47. a Menu Item Default Job Options a Use these menus to define the default job options for each function If you do EJ Default Job Options not specify the job options when creating the job the default options are used For complete setup go to _ the embedded Web server by typing Vv v the network address of the product i p aae inta a liah hranim ar Send a scanned document to one or more e mail addresses 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the E mail button lips MRRP A NOTE If prompted type your user name 7 m 7 ccess preset job options for Make copies from an original fa and password commonly used jobs document Send a document to one or more fax numbers Dec 10 2010 4 05 58 PM 3 Touch the text box next a field to open a Send E mail keypad 7 NOTE If you are signed in to the product p your user name or other default information might appear in the From field If so you might not be able to change it May 24 2010 9 14 44 AM more options ENWW Send a scanned document 183 4 Type the appropriate information for the field G or 220m cery con To send to multiple addresses separate the addresses with a semicolon or touch the Enter button on the touchscreen keypad after you type each address 5 To change the settings for the docu
48. a job that already has that name Print special jobs with Windows Set the duplex alignment For documents that are printed on both sides such as brochures set the registration for the tray before printing to ensure that the front and back of the page are aligned 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus a General Settings b Print Quality c Image Registration d Adjust Tray lt X gt 3 Touch the Print Test Page setting and then touch the OK button 4 Follow the instructions on the test page to complete the adjustment 152 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Walk up USB printing This product features walk up USB printing so you can quickly print files without sending them from a computer The product accepts standard USB storage accessories in the USB port on the front of the product You can print the following types of tiles e pdf e prn e pcl e ps e cht 1 Insert the USB storage accessory into the USB port on the front of the product NOTE You might need to remove the cover from the USB port 2 The Open from USB screen opens Select a folder from the list on the left side of the screen 3 Select the name of the document that you want to print ENWW Open From USB int Documents a Select a file or folder from the list at the left q Open From USB Ei Ready eady Part00 gt Documents wW
49. adjusting 301 counterfeit supplies 107 346 Index cover pages printing Mac 68 printing on different paper Windows 138 covers locating 6 custom print settings Windows 123 custom size paper settings Macintosh 68 customer support online 323 D date time setting 193 default gateway setting 80 default settings copy restoring 164 defects repeating 114 deleting stored jobs 149 dial tone detection setting 200 dialing mode setting 197 dialing prefix setting 200 digital send settings HP Embedded Web Server 252 digital sending about 181 address books 184 186 configure email 182 folders 177 job settings 176 LDAP support 182 product memory 178 recipient lists 186 sending documents 183 SMTP support 182 USB flash drive 180 digital sending utility remote contiguration 195 Display Settings menu control panel 35 disposal end of life 331 document conventions iii document feeder capacity 90 copying two sided documents 169 jams 276 make copies from 156 double sided copying 169 double sided printing duplexing loading paper 92 turning on Mac 65 drivers changing paper types and sizes 85 changing settings Mac 64 changing settings Windows 53 presets Mac 67 settings 52 settings Mac 67 settings Windows 121 supported Windows 49 universal 51 DSS See digital sending utility duplex alignment setting 152 duplex printing double sided loading paper 92 settings Windows 128
50. allows you to enter a prefix number such as a 9 to access an outside line when dialing This prefix number is automatically added to all phone numbers when dialed 200 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Ee NOTE You might need a pause between the prefix and the phone number To insert a 2 second pause enter a comma pound sign or a P To add an extension number use X 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings 3 Touch the Dialing Prefix text box to display the keypad 4 Type your dialing prefix number on the keypad and then touch the OK button 5 Touch the Save button General fax send settings Activate ENWW Use the General Fax Send Settings menu to configure the following features e Fax Number Confirmation e PC Fax Send e Fax Header e JBIG Compression e Error Correction Mode Fax Number Confirmation When fax number confirmation is enabled the fax number must be entered twice to ensure that it was entered correctly The default setting for this feature is Disabled 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the Fax Number Confirmation box to enable fax number confirmation 4 Touch the Save button Set fax settin
51. by 180 degrees 4 Inthe Orientation area select the Portrait i E or Landscape option Aavanced Pining Shotts Paper Quaiiy fects Frishino Job Siorage Services Document Options To print the page image upside down select Prt on both sides the Rotate by 180 degrees option AENEA pa Print page borders e order Right then Down Portrait D Landscape Rotate by 180 degrees 132 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows Print on preprinted letterhead or forms with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Enter page nu separated by 3 Click the Paper Quality tab Print Quality FastRes 1200 Print pages on different paper Insert blank or preprinted sheets Chapter separator pages E EconoMode May Save Print Cartridges ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 133 4 From the Paper type drop down list click the More option Ea M Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Services Paper Options rs Covers Print pages on different paper Insert blank or preprinted sheets Chapter separator pages
52. by using the default copy options use the keypad on the control panel to select the number of copies and touch the Start button 156 Chapter9 Copy ENWW Cancel a copy job 1 Press the Stop button on the control panel and then touch the name of the job 2 Touch the Cancel Job button and then touch the OK button Reduce or enlarge a copy image 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button 2 Touch the Reduce Enlarge button 3 Select one of the predefined percentages or touch the Scaling field and type a percentage between 25 and 400 Touch the OK button You can also select these options e Auto The product automatically scales the image to fit the paper size in the tray e Auto Include Margins The product reduces the image slightly to fit the entire scanned image within the printable area on the page NOTE To reduce the image select a scaling percentage that is less than 100 To enlarge the image select a scaling percentage that is greater than 100 4 Touch the Start button ENWW 7 HP LaserJet M4555 MFP Ready Access preset job options for d commonly used jobs Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment fax numbers to an e mail Dec 10 2010 4 05 58 PM Black Gray 100 F 74 Letter A n Letter Sides Staple Collate 1 to 1 sided Collated Se f Paper Selection s a pete options ee Er Orientation rowan SY
53. carridge seeriirestonian ainese eroine Sassen ER sean EEE E Er etia iaat 113 Inspect the print cartridge for damage ssnnsssssnnnessssnnessssssenrrsssrerrsssrrrn 113 Repeating defects cisepcmes scisaa pact tantiaccone semen iieadousaacenescentetubuecsnpedecnceneesiouans 114 Print the supplies status page fe secesscotedtnraqsooddearserncuiielsencaaedeenemeansenscseaene 115 Interpret control panel messages for supplies ccccceseeeeecceeeeesseeeeeeceeeessaeeeeeeeeeneas 115 O Prini TOSS speiderhin E case gereineeeasedoesse 119 Cancel a print job with VWVIMGO WS ges scannanccdssnate cs sigtssge sts tacenansqssadelersdeaaaaiaeladumamualdhaiasualaientias 120 Basic print tasks with Windows cccccccesseeccee eee eeee eee eeeeee ees eeeeeess ee eeeeeseeeeeeessaeeeeeeesaneeeeeeas 121 Open the printer driver with Windows ccccccsseecceeeseeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeesaeeeeeeas 121 Get help for any printing option with Windows cccccessseeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeesaseeeeeeeeeaaes 122 Change the number of print copies with Windows c ssseccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaaas 122 viii enna ENWW Save custom print settings for reuse with Windows cccccccessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeasaeeeeeeeseeeaaas 123 Use a printing shortcut with Windows s osc00 essence onsedaaadet adwseeiedantacdaleeaatess 123 Credle DONINI SNONCUIS aioe E A Ra 124 Improve print quality with Windows sii 05 02 creeseesenes eine tte dadect
54. e A E E E A E E T 74 Camedd TSI OI ariere e ARE EA AEREE E ETIE AEE E EE EA 75 Supported network protocols ses evudensdiuedsiencsucnetstradssitietimandindsciutioarsasiencdsncuddondndena Maen eveleees 75 Install the product on a wired network cccccceseccccseecceeceeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeseeseseseeeeeeaeees 76 Configure the IP address sere cetictodianaatecion seeaieeraticiocedmmaroeauleeecmaieaastncaudeateleaupenenes 76 install eS OMY CNS sseseisranei na ie iiaei 78 Configure ET WORSE TUNG Sect acnsencoskaecennsescneratesanc neesodonaneoaenorecoscacnananeeweaceoectiot seuae 79 View or change network settings cccceeccccceeesseeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeaaeseeess 79 Set or change the network password ccceeccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeas 79 Manually configure IPv4 TCP IP parameters from the control panel 80 Manually configure IPv6 TCP IP parameters from the control panel 8 6 Pap r ond print NT cin ces oc case es cee ne es ee ee 83 Understand paper use ccccccccecccceceeeeee eee eee eee eee cece eee ccc A EEE AG HE EE G HE E GG HEE EEEG HEE EEEGH EE EEEEG EEE EEEE ES 84 Palpa o1 lt 1g0 0 0 21 p 5a enn ee ee E eee 84 Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size in Windows 6cccceeseseeeeeeeeeenenes 85 Supported paper sizes ast rawr tenceecee eran de essence be sarne ice Gas renee arene cen wae esaieeaaendobanntarate liberi orberenieeuten 86 Se ee ge
55. electronic device including fax machines to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business other entity or individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business or other entity or individual The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges Industry Canada CS 03 requirements Notice The Industry Canada label identities certified equipment This certification means the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document s The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user s satisfaction Before installing this equipment users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations Repairs to certitied equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier Any repairs or alterations made b
56. end of life The batteries contained in or supplied by Hewlett Packard for this product include the following HP LaserJet Enterprise M4555 MFP Series Type Carbon monofluoride lithium Weight Location On formatter board User removable O Environmental product stewardship program 331 X E yh EE 0 AA El N For recycling information you can go to www hp com recycle or contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance www eiae org Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste Instead it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city office your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product Chemical substances HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our products as needed to comply with legal requirement
57. if e mail is not configured 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the fp HE LaserJet M4555 MFP Administration menu Copies Supplies FA Check on cartridges and other i supplies Trays N A t ge Check on paper trays Set up and configure device options L 7 for this unit Dec 10 2010 4 07 21 PM of Ready 2 Open the Scan Digital Send Settings menu Administration Administration Select a Menu Item Administration E Reports The Administration menu contains E features to set up or customize the product for your work environment The Initial Setup selection can be El Copy Settings used to set up the product or enable features such as networking fax or e EJ General Settings 182 Chapter 10 Scan and send documents ENWW 3 Open the E mail Settings menu Administration Administration gt Scan Digital Send Settings Select a Menu Item Scan Digital Send Settings a Use the Scan Digital Send Settings U menu to configure settings that apply to E Save to Network Folder Settings sending documents through e mail or saving documents to a folder on the network or on E Save To USB Settings a USB flash drive a Digital Send Service Setup v Reman 4 ola the E mail Setup Wizard menu and eani an foll ow the on screen instructions el Administration gt Scan Digital Send Settings gt E mail Settings i f Select
58. is not too rough Using smoother paper generally results in better print quality Improve print quality 297 Print a cleaning page Print a cleaning page to remove dust and excess toner from the paper path if you are having any of the following problems e Specks of toner are on the printed pages e _ Toner is smearing on the printed pages e Repeated marks occur on the printed pages Use the following procedure to print a cleaning page 1 From the Home screen touch the Device Maintenance button 2 Open the following menus e Calibration Cleaning e Cleaning Page 3 Touch the Print button to print the page 4 The cleaning process can take several minutes When it is finished discard the printed page Set the image registration If you are having problems with text aligning on the page use the Set Registration menu to set the image registration 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus a General Settings b Print Quality c Image Registration d Adjust Tray lt X gt 3 Touch the Print Test Page setting and then touch the OK button 4 Follow the instructions on the test page to complete the adjustment Check the print cartridge Check the print cartridge and replace it if necessary if you are having any of the following problems e _ The printing is too light or seems faded in areas e Printed pages have small unprinted areas e Printed pages have streaks or bands 298 C
59. log fax call report and the fax T 30 trace these fax reports can be printed out individually from the product control panel under the Administration gt Reports gt Fax Reports and Administration gt Troubleshooting gt Fax gt Fax T 30 Trace menus The numeric code is shown in parentheses after the text part of the message in the reports For example if a communication error occurred the control panel display would show Fax Failed Communication Error The same error would be shown in the Result field in the Fax Activity Report as Communication Error 17 For this example the numeric code associated with this communication error is 17 The numeric code is generated by the fax modem Usually a numeric code of 0 indicates a normal modem response Some messages will always display a numeric code of 0 whereas other messages can have a range of numeric codes depending on the circumstances and a few messages will have no numeric code Usually a numeric code of 0 indicates an error was not associated with the fax modem but occurred in another part of the fax subsystem or other product subsystem such as the printing subsystem Non zero error codes give further detail into the particular action or process that the modem is executing and they don t necessarily indicate that there is a problem with the modem In the tables that follow the fax messages with the most common number codes are given with recommended corrective action
60. memory Job Folders Job Folders Select a folder in which to save the job E Public x of Private New Folder More Options Job Name PIN priri 00000000000 May 24 2010 9 31 50 AM Send a scanned document 179 5 To configure settings for the document touch Oh the More Options Bulent alle Job Folders gt Public Werom PIN _ PIN to print May 24 2010 9 33 05 AM 6 Touch the Start button to save the file eae Preview Job Folders gt Publit Wekome PIN i _ PIN to print May 24 2010 9 33 05 AM More Options Send a scanned document to a USB flash drive The product can scan a file and save it in a folder on a USB flash drive Ee NOTE You might be required to sign in to the product to use this feature 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the Save to USB HP LaserJet M4555 MFP button Ss Save the scanned job to a USB Send a document to a folder on the NOTE It prompted type your user name network z and password Save the scanned job to this device s memory A W Print a job stored on this device s memory Dec 10 2010 4 06 32 PM 180 Chapter 10 Scan and send documents ENWW 3 Select one of the folders in the list or touch the New Folder button to create a new folder on the USB flash drive 4 Ls the name for the file in
61. mm 6 37 x 4 48 in ENWW Supported paper sizes 87 Table 6 1 Supported paper and print media sizes continued Size and dimensions Tray 1 Tray 2 Optional Trays Automatic 3 4 and 5 duplex printing Envelope DL ISO w 110 x 220 mm 4 33 x 8 66 in The product can print on 76 x 127 mm 3 x 5 in size paper from Tray 1 for Extra Heavy 131 175 g m and Cardstock 176 220 g m paper types 88 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Supported paper types Paper type Tray 2 Optional Trays 3 Automatic duplex 4 and 5 printing Plain Paper w w w we Light 60 74 g m w w we w Cardstock 176 220 gm w Transparency we w w Labels w we w Letterhead w w w we Envelope w Preprinted w w w w Prepunched w w w w Colored w we w we Bond w w w we Recycled w w w we Rough w w we w 1 Also supported for the optional envelope feeder ENWW Supported paper types 89 Load paper trays Tray and bin capacity Tray or bin Tray Tray 2 Optional Trays 3 4 and 5 Output bin Document feeder Paper type Paper Envelopes Labels Transparencies Paper Transparencies Paper Transparencies Paper Paper Specifications Range 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 200 g m 53 Ib bond Less than 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 90 g m 24 Ib bond Maximum 0 23 mm 0 01 in thick Minimum 0 13 mm 0 01 in thick Range 60 g m 16 Ib bond to 120 g m 32 lb bond Minimum
62. network problems lt c2chaiacmsasaasinenaaenadanamennertiondansadadsnpanaecesaabenacceichenntadewnaibeaeieads 306 POOR physicdlconnechon serieen erene E 306 The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product c000006 306 The computer is unable to communicate with the product cceccceseeeee ees 307 The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network 307 New software programs might be causing compatibility problems 307 The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly ccseeeeeeeeee ees 307 The product is disabled or other network settings are incorrect 00088 307 Solve product software problems with Windows cccccceeseccecceeeeeeeeeeseeeesceeesseeeeeessaaeeeeeeaas 308 Solve product software problems with Mac cccccccceseecceceeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeseeeeeeesaeeeeeeaaes 309 The printer driver is not listed in the Print amp Fax list cccccccceecccceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaee ees 309 The product name does not appear in the product list in the Print amp Fax list 0 000000000 309 The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Print amp Fax IST oe ee teeter ee ede ee ec esac eae O E 309 A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted ccccceseeeccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaees 310 When connected with a USB cable the product does not appear in the Print amp Fax list a
63. pages not listed in this table are set to Paper source Paper source Automatically Select Automatically Select P Paper type Unspecified pape Print on both sides On Ad _Undete tem Special pages defined for this print job Page Type Pages Paper Source Paper Type Additional attributes Print pages on different paper First Tray 1 Cardstock 176 2 Print pages on different paper Last Tray 1 Cardstock 176 2 i Delete Delete All Scale a document to fit page size with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program T File Edit click Print sh Print Ctrl F 140 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Effects tab 4 Select the Print document on option and then select a size from the drop down list ENWW HP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 HP LaserJet Professional M1212nf MFP HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series be HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax ae HP Photosmart A640 series A HF Photosmart Plus B209a m Legal Scale to fit of actual size 100 4 b Watemarks none Zi First page only ca ee Gee Advanced Printing Shortcuts S ea Finishing Job Storage Services Resizing Options Actual size Watermarks Inone First page only 16K 197x273 mm
64. returns to the default settings E mail Use this menu to scan documents and send them as an e mail attachment For this menu to appear on the control panel this feature must be set up by using the Initia Setup menu by using the HP Scan to Email Setup Wizard during software installation or by using the HP Embedded Web Server Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Save to USB Use this menu to scan documents and save them on a USB flash drive For this menu to appear Save to Network Folder Open from USB on the control panel this feature must be set up by using the HP Embedded Web Server Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Use this menu to scan documents and save them to a shared folder on the network For this menu to appear on the control panel this feature must be set up by using the HP Embedded Web Server or by using the HP Save to Folder Setup Wizard during software installation Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Use this menu to open and print a document stored on a USB flash drive For this menu to appear on the control panel this feature must be set up by using t
65. save it in a folder on the network The following operating systems support this feature e Windows Server 2003 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 64 bit e Windows XP 64 bit e Windows Vista 64 bit e Windows 7 64 bit e Novell v5 1 and later access to the Quick Sets folders only Ee NOTE You might be required to sign in to the product to use this feature The system administrator can use the HP Embedded Web Server to configure pre detined Quick Sets folders or you can provide the path to another network folder 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the Save to Network Folder button Save the scanned job to a USB NOTE If prompted type your user name storage device and password save to Device Memo Open from Device Memory Print a job stored on this device s y E memory jec 10 2010 4 06 32 PM ENWW Send a scanned document 177 3 6 To use one of the preset job settings select one of the items in the Quick Sets list To set up a new job type the name for the file in the File Name text field and type the path to the network folder in the Network Folder Path field Use this format for the path path path To configure ae for the document touch the More Options button Touch the Start button to save the file Save to Network Folder gag Preview KO StringInfo is null File Name
66. section of this manual However due to differences between individual national PSTNs the product may not guarantee unconditional assurance of successtul operation on every PSTN termination point Network compatibility depends on the correct setting being selected by the customer in preparation of its connection to the PSTN Please follow the instructions provided in the user manual It you experience network compatibility issues please contact your equipment supplier or Hewlett Packard help desk in the country region of operation Connecting to a PSTN termination point may be the subject of additional requirements set out by the local PSTN operator New Zealand Telecom Statements The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom nor does it provide any sort of warranty Above all it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom s network services This equipment may not provide for the effective hand over of a call to another device connected to the same line This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111 Emergency Service This product has not been
67. slot Ee NOTE This example shows installing an HP Jetdirect print server card 1 Turn the product off 2 Disconnect all power and interface cables Ee NOTE This illustration might not show all the cables ANY M 2 ro I TT ee p 5 260 Chapter 12 Manage and maintain ENWW 3 Loosen and remove the two retaining screws holding the cover for the EIO slot and then remove the cover You will not need these screws and the cover again They can be discarded 4 Firmly insert the HP Jetdirect print server card into the EIO slot ENWW Install external I O devices 261 5 Insert and tighten the retaining screws that came with the print server card N O i ee ONN 5 TH crt H 6 C2 E lt gt X C C CD f wii YIN N z 7 Print a configuration page An HP Jetdirect configuration page that contains network configuration and status information should also print If it does not print turn the product off and then uninstall and reinstall the print server card to ensure that it is completely seated in the slot 8 Perform one of these steps instructions Choose the correct port See the computer or operating system documentation for Reinstall the software choosing the network installation this time Clean the product To clean the product exterior use a soft water moistened cloth 262 Chapter 12 Manage and mai
68. software installation program prompts you If multiple printers are installed make sure that you have selected the correct printer in the Format For drop down menu in the Print dialog box 310 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW A Supplies and accessories e Order parts accessories and supplies e Part numbers ENWW 311 Order parts accessories and supplies Order supplies and paper www hp com go suresuppl Order genuine HP parts or accessories www hp com buy parts Order through service or support providers Contact an HP authorized service or support provider Order using HP software Use the HP Embedded Web Server on page 249 312 Appendix A Supplies and accessories ENWW Part numbers Ordering information and availability might change during the life of the product Accessories Item Description HP Color LaserJet 1 x 500 Paper Feeder 500 sheet paper tray with a storage and stand cabinet and a stand HP Color LaserJet 3 x 500 Paper Feeder 1500 sheet paper tray Contains three and stand 500 sheet trays and a stand Stapler stacker Stapler stacker with multiple output bins that hold up to 900 sheets HP 500 sheet paper feeder 500 sheet input tray no storage cabinet or stand HP envelope feeder 75 envelope input tray HP stapler cartridge refill Replacement staple cartridge HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 Fax module Part number CE734A CE735A CE736A CE737A CB524A C809 1A CC48
69. suggested changes in settings for the HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 when it is connected to a VoIP service e Start off with the fax set in V 34 Fast mode and with Error Correction Mode ECM turned on The V 34 protocol handles any changes in transmission speed needed to accommodate VolP networks e f numerous errors or retries occur with the unit set to V 34 set V 34 Off and set speed to Medium 14 400 bps e f errors and retries persist set a lower fax speed as some VolP systems cannot handle the higher signal rates associated with fax Set the Maximum Baud Rate to 9 600 bps Slow e In rare cases if errors persist turn off ECM on the product The image quality might decrease Ensure that the image quality is acceptable with ECM off before using this setting e Ifthe preceding setting changes have not improved the VoIP fax reliability contact your VoIP provider for help 232 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Solve fax problems Is your fax set up correctly Use the following checklist to help identity the cause of any fax related problems you are encountering e Are you using the phone cord supplied with the fax accessory This fax accessory has been tested with the supplied phone cord to meet RJ11 and functional specifications Do not substitute another phone cord the analog fax accessory requires an analog phone cord It also requires an analog phone connection e Is the fax phone line connector seated in the socket on th
70. tested to ensure compatibility with the FaxAbility distinctive ring service for New Zealand Additional FCC statement for telecom products US This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA On the back of this equipment is a label that contains among other information a product identifier in the format US AAAEQ TXXXX If requested this number must be provided to the telephone company The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the telephone line Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call In most but not all areas the sum of the RENs should not exceed five 5 0 To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line as determined by the total RENs contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area This equipment uses the following USOC jacks RJ11C ENWW Additional statements for telecom fax products 341 An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment This equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant This equipment cannot be used on telephone company provided coin service Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs It this equipment causes harm to the telephone network the telephone comp
71. the Booklet layout drop down list click the Left binding or Right binding option The Pages per sheet option automatically changes to 2 pages per sheet ENWW me Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Gualty Beds Frishing lob Sse Services Document Options E Print on both sides Flip pages up Off Pages per sheet 1 page per sheet Print page borders Right then Down Orientation Portrait Landscape Rotate by 180 degrees n Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Services Document Options E Rip pages up Booklet layout of Pages per sheet 1 page per sheet Print page borders Right then Down Orientation Portrait Landscape Rotate by 180 degrees Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Services Document Options F Print on both sides ul iy Right D Orientation Portrait Landscape E Rotate by 180 degrees D ok Cae ay Additional print tasks with Windows 143 Select output options with Windows fskm models only Select an output bin with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click P
72. the Fax button yt RES See ee Ready 70 Be ie Make copies from an original document Access preset job options for commonly used jobs Fax E mail Send a document to one or more D Send a document as an attachment fax numbers to an e mail 2 Touch the Speed Dial Search button This button looks like a magnitying glass and is located to the right of the Speed Dial button eE Speed Dials CJ Speed Dial 5555555555 3 Type the first letters of the speed dial name to search for As matches are found the list at the top of the search screen is populated If necessary scroll to see all the entries or type more letters to narrow the search 4 Select the appropriate name from the list and touch the OK button The speed dial list on the main fax screen shows the selected entry within the list of numbers 5 Touch a speed dial number to add it to the recipients list 6 Select or search for additional names as needed Enable speed dial matching 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the Fax Number Speed Dial Matching menu and then touch the Enable option 4 Touch the Save button ENWW Use fax 223 Send a fax by using fax address book numbers The fax address book feature allows y
73. the control panel To continue printing either replace the supply or reconfigure the product by using the Manage Supplies menu on the control panel If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the print cartridge If you believe you purchased a genuine HP supply go to www hp com go anticounterfeit ENWW Solve problems with supplies 117 118 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW 8 Print tasks e Cancel a print job with Windows e Basic print tasks with Windows e Additional print tasks with Windows e Walk up USB printing ENWW 119 Cancel a print job with Windows Ee NOTE If the print job is too far into the printing process you might not have the option to cancel it 1 If the print job is currently printing cancel it by following this procedure a Press the Stop button on the control panel b From the list on the touchscreen touch the print job you want to delete and touch the Cancel Job button c The product prompts you to confirm the deletion Touch the Yes button 2 You can also cancel a print job from a software program or a print queue e Software program Typically a dialog box appears briefly on the computer screen allowing you to cancel the print job e Windows print queue If a print job is waiting in a print queue computer memory or print spooler delete the job there gt Windows XP Server 2003 or Server 2008 Click Start click Settings and then click Printe
74. to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Reports e Configuration Status Pages e Configuration Page 3 Touch the Print button to print the report or touch the View button to view the report on the screen The report consists of several pages Ee NOTE The product IP address or host name is listed on the Jetdirect Page On the Fax Accessory Page of the Configuration Page under the Hardware Information heading check the Modem Status The following table identifies the status conditions and possible solutions Operational Enabled The analog fax accessory is installed and ready Operational Disabled The fax accessory is installed and operational however HP Digital Sending utility has either disabled the product fax feature or has enabled LAN fax When LAN fax is enabled the analog fax feature is disabled Only one fax feature either LAN fax or analog fax can be enabled at a time Non Operational Enabled Disabled A firmware failure has been identified The firmware should be updated Damaged Enabled Disabled Fax accessory has failed reseat the fax accessory card and check for bent pins If the status is still DAMAGED replace the analog fax accessory card 1 ENABLED indicates that the analog fax accessory is enabled turned on DISABLED indicates that LAN fax is enabled analog fax is turned off 234 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Fax feature is not operating The fax accessory is ins
75. turning on Mac 65 duplexer capacity 91 E e mail alerts 65 E mail feature enabling 174 EconoMode set from control panel 22 economy settings 258 electrical specifications 326 embedded Web server 194 Embedded Web Server EWS assigning passwords 256 features 249 end of life disposal 331 Enhanced I O EIO card partnumber 314 partnumber 314 Enhanced O EIO devices installing 260 enlarge copy jobs 157 envelope feeder capacity 91 ENWW envelopes loading inTray 1 94 loading orientation 92 environment specifications 326 environmental features 4 Environmental Product Stewardship Program 329 error codes 238 Error button control panel touchscreen 16 error correction mode settings 203 error messages control panel 272 e mail alerts 65 numerical list 115 types of 272 errors software 308 European Union waste disposal 332 EWS See embedded Web server Explorer versions supported HP Embedded Web Server 249 e mail about 181 address books configure 182 LDAP support 182 recipient lists 186 sending documents 183 SMTP support 182 184 186 fax canceling 224 feeding problems 235 printing 231 receiving 225 required settings 191 sending 220 setup wizard Fax Activity Log description 248 fax address book 224 Fax Call Report description 248 fax notification 206 192 195 ENWW fax number confirmation 201 fax polling 214 Fax Reports description 248 fax settings HP Embedded Web Server 253 Fax Settings
76. with integrated stand CE735A 3x500 sheet input tray with integrated stand CE736A Stapling mailbox ALL CE390A CE390X conforms to the following Product Specifications SAFETY EMC Supplementary Information IEC 60950 1 2005 EN60950 1 2006 A11 IEC 60825 1 2007 EN 60825 1 2007 Class 1 Laser LED Product IEC 62311 2007 EN62311 2008 GB4943 2001 CISPR22 2005 A1 EN55022 2006 A1 Class A 9 EN 61000 3 2 2006 EN61000 3 3 2008 EN 55024 1998 A1 A2 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class A ICES 003 Issue 4 GB9254 2008 GB17625 1 2003 The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 2004 108 EC and the Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC and carries the CE Marking accordingly Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems 2 For regulatory purposes this product is assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the product name or the product number s 3 The product meets the requirements of EN55022 amp CNS13438 Class A in which case the following applies Warning This is a c
77. your product Ex NOTE Browsers must be Java enabled Browsing from a Mac OS is not supported ENWW Use HP Web Jetadmin software 255 Product security features Security statements The product supports security standards and recommended protocols that help you keep the product secure protect critical information on your network and simplify the way you monitor and maintain the product For in depth information about HP s secure imaging and printing solutions visit www hp com go secureprinting The site provides links to white papers and FAQ documents about security features IP Security IP Security IPsec is a set of protocols that control IP based network traffic to and from the product IPsec provides hostto host authentication data integrity and encryption of network communications For products that are connected to the network and have an HP Jetdirect print server you can configure IPsec by using the Networking tab in the HP Embedded Web Server Secure the HP Embedded Web Server Assign an administrator password for access to the product and the HP Embedded Web Server so that unauthorized users cannot change the product settings 1 Open the HP Embedded Web Server by entering the product IP address into the address line of a Web browser Click the Security tab Open the General Security menu In the Username field type the name to associate with the password ef a Type the password in the New Passwor
78. 7A Customer self repair parts The following Customer Self Repair parts are available for your product e Parts listed as Mandatory self replacement are to be installed by customers unless you are willing to pay HP service personnel to pertorm the repair For these parts on site or return to depot support is not provided under your HP product warranty e Parts listed as Optional self replacement may be installed by HP service personnel at your request for no additional charge during the product warranty period Item Description Self replacement options Part number HP LaserJet print cartridge Standard black cartridge Mandatory High capacity black cartridge Mandatory HP LaserJet fuser kit Replacement fuser Mandatory NOTE Included in the preventative maintenance kit HP LaserJet preventative Includes a fuser transfer Mandatory maintenance kit roller and all pickup and feed rollers CE390A Selectability number 90A CE390X Selectability number 90X 110 volt fuser CE731A 220 volt fuser CE732A ENWW Partnumbers 313 Cables and interfaces 314 1 ltem Document feeder maintenance kit Control panel assembly Formatter assembly Transfer roller Tray 2 X pickup feed separation rollers Document feeder maintenance service kit Document feeder input tray kit Encrypted hard disk drive 160 GB Solid state drive 8 MB Analog fax card Document feeder fan filter and cover Fus
79. A AANE 103 Print cartridge TMORMGNOMN ssosssscsureassisa ienirst aa i aaa iea aE aa 104 SUNS VIG WS E EE E E E E E E E E N A 105 Prin eari oge VIEWS ctse st nce eteasasenatesectauce E E A E 105 Manage prin COMMOAGESS searareeirpiner en ineen aaaea ET E NEEE EEEE 106 Settings for print cartridges cccccccceessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesseaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaes 106 Print when a print cartridge is at estimated end of life cccccceeeeeeeeeeees 106 Enable or disable the Very Low Settings options from the control panel 106 Store and recycle supplies cece cc eeeccccc cs eececeee ee eeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeaas 107 REC y E o A EE E N E AAE E 107 Printcartridge SIONS piace sea dsp ctteonaattoeeduinc ans eean ae aeaiia 107 HP policy on non HP print cartridges cccccccsseeececeeeeseeeeeeeeeessaeeeeseeeeeeaas 107 HP anticounterfeit Web site sec scanusenensnseasnmnessodksaveedawacniswonseadmmnnsenauecsaediadeeenaescaaeasiedss 107 Replacement instructions xprssadscesasianasgcnreceaduencaacmatetentamaasg viaeneaiaiedciaiteussoameneneeenasiedeednamcanaideatamencnets 108 Replace ine MCI esiseossrssaver paein caus ii iere eea 108 Replace the staple cartridge for models with a stapler stacker ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 111 Solve problems with supplies acces retest pareamotitata ia panel van speieeage seater encnbateaaanuataiaeseaomemnosleenianniateeeanes 113 Check the print
80. CP Auto IP Manual ENWW Administration menu 39 Table 2 14 Embedded Jetdirect Menu EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Manual Settings IP Address Enter the address NOTE This menu is available only if you select the Manual option under the Config Method menu Subnet Mask Enter the address Default Gateway Enter the address Default IP Auto IP Legacy DHCP Release No Yes DHCP Renew No Yes Primary DNS Secondary DNS IPV6 Settings Enable Off On Address Manual Settings Enable Address DHCPV6 Policy Router Specified Router Unavailable Always Primary DNS Secondary DNS Idle Timeout Range 0 3600 Default 270 Security Secure Web HTTPS Required HTTPS Optional PSEC Keep Disable 802 1X Reset Keep 40 Chapter 2 Control panel menus Table 2 14 Embedded Jetdirect Menu EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Reset Security Yes No Diagnostics Embedded Tests LAN HW Test Yes No HTTP Test Yes No SNMP Test Yes No Data Path Test Yes No Select All Tests Yes No Execution Time M Range 1 60 hours Default 1 hour Execute No Yes Ping Results Dest Type Pv4 IPv Dest IPv4 Dest IPv6 Packet Size Range 64 2048 Default 64 Timeout Range 1 100 Default 1 Count Range 0 100 Default 4 Print Results No Yes Execute No Yes ENWW Administration menu 4 Table 2 14 E
81. E 226 Delete a speed diahhistecsisiaciner r Astin agitate meas aahetas 227 Delete a single number from the speed dial list ccccccccceeeeecceeeeeneeeeeees 228 Add a number to an existing speed dial list ccccceeccccccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 229 VocS cals Gna TeiieS cionan a a O a O 231 FO Cale DO ranar a a a E O E E ee 231 Rarere n NOG EOE EE E EE EN E EAE E E OT E 231 TO O PSD OM inenen e se catia cda cin ackect nocea dea Gaston acai 231 Pant SIOPEC TOK SS sig 5 ss Mere ea eens cancer eee ae sian saan ane ARE 231 Scheduling fax printing memory lock ccccccecseeeecccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeessaaee ees 231 Usetaxover VolP TEIWORKS coueto r Suencneadied den 232 DOVE TO OROIE INS raaa EE A N E E TEE E E E N TE 233 l your tax ser Up COnrec ya rar A ma wacneteleatees 233 What type of phone line are you USING ccccccccceccceeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaas 233 Are you using a surge protection device 02 ci iesis kite on ee eeeeeaas 233 Are you using a phone company voice messaging service or an answering ito el al al eee Reece Ce eae res me a eee SE AN eee eee 234 ENWW Does your phone line have a call waiting feature ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 234 Check tax accessory SialUS eee een ene ene oe eee Ee a 234 Fax feature is not operating s2 as 2ecsmcsvimnseawassavesneteutineiscaoauivindateassssioenatceanydesweaueineae 235 General fax problems gc sateseas atentravacareapaniongaoeetanaatsvnauton
82. ENWW D Regulatory information e FCC regulations e Environmental product stewardship program e Declaration of conformity e Declaration of conformity fax models e Satety statements e Additional statements for telecom fax products ENWW 327 FCC regulations This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmtul interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Ee NOTE Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class A limits of Part 15 of FCC rules 328 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Environmental product stewardship program Protecting the environment Hewlett Packard Company is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our
83. Email Setup Wizard to set up the E mail feature you can enable it by using the HP Embedded Web Server a Click the E mail Setup link b Select the E mail check box to enable the feature c Select the outgoing mail server to use or click the Add button to add a different server to the list Ee NOTE If you don t know the name of the mail server you can usually find it by opening your e mail program and looking at the outgoing mail contiguration settings d Inthe Address Message area contigure the default setting tor the From address e Configuring the other settings is optional f When you are finished click the Save Settings button Enable the Save to Network Folder feature a Click the Save to Network Folder Setup link b Select the Save to Network Folder check box to enable the feature c In the Quick Sets area click the Add button d On the next screen provide a name and a description for the Quick Set and specify the location where you want the Quick Set to appear on the control panel Click the Next button e On the next screen select the type of Quick Set folder to use and then click the Next button Chapter 10 Scan and send documents ENWW f Continue through the screens and select the default options you want to apply to the Quick Set g On the Summary screen review the settings and then click the Finish button 5 Enable the Save to USB feature a Click the Save to USB Setup link b Select t
84. FP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility To access the analog MFP fax settings by using the DSS configuration utility perform the following steps 1 Start the utility on the computer or server to open the main screen 2 Select the product and click the Configure MFP button on the main screen and then click the Send to Fax tab to open the Fax Settings screen 3 To enable the fax capabilities on the product select the Enable Fax Send option To access Analog fax settings select Internal Modem in the Fax Send Method drop down list On the Common Job Settings tab make any changes to the settings and click the Apply button to accept the settings Select the Internal Modem tab to set additional fax settings In addition to configuring a single product you can also configure multiple devices For more information about the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility see the HP MFP Digital Sending Software User Guide or the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Support Guide Ee NOTE Depending on the capabilities and settings of your fax method some of these options might not be available or contigurable Send fax settings Fax send setup Use the Fax Send Setup menu to configure the following features Fax Setup Wizard Fax Dialing Settings General Fax Send Settings Billing Codes Fax Setup Wizard ENWW The Fax Setup Wizard guides you through a step by step procedure to configure fax settings that are requ
85. HP s Premium Protection Warranty LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement e Data stored on the print cartridge e End User License Agreement e Openssl e Customer self repair warranty service e Customer support ENWW 315 Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY HP LaserJet M4555 M4555h M4555f M4555tskm l year next day on site warranty HP warrants to you the end user customer that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase for the period specified above If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will at its option either repair or replace products which prove to be defective Replacement products may be either new or equivalent in performance to new HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase for the period specitied above due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If HP receives notice of such detects during the warranty period HP will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free If HP is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon
86. IMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsott com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com OpenSSL 321 Customer self repair warranty service HP products are designed with many Customer Self Repair CSR parts to minimize repair time and allow for greater flexibility in performing defective parts replacement If during the diagnosis period HP identifies that the repair can be accomplished by the use of a CSR part HP will ship that part directly to you for replacement There are two categories of CSR parts 1 Parts for which customer self repair is mandatory If you request HP to replace these parts you will be charged for the travel and labor costs of this service 2 Parts for which customer self repair is optional These parts are also designed for Customer Self Repair If however you require that HP replace them for you this may be done at no additiona
87. Incoming call may be a voice call Incoming voice calls usually show up in the call report as a Communication Error 17 As these are voice calls and not a fax error no action is needed to be taken Ensure that those calling you have a voice number that is different from the fax number The incoming fax was interrupted Verify that the fax telephone line does not have an activated call waiting feature A call waiting notice can interrupt a fax call in progress which causes a communication error The Fax Printing Schedule feature is set to Always store faxes Change the Fax Printing Schedule setting to Always print faxes Problems with sending faxes Problem Cause Solution Faxes quit during sending The fax machine to which you are Try sending to another fax machine sending might be malfunctioning Your phone line might not be working Disconnect the fax accessory from the phone jack and connect a phone Try to make a phone call to ensure the phone line is working ENWW Solve fax problems 237 Problem The fax accessory is receiving faxes but is not sending them Outgoing fax calls keep dialing Faxes you send are not arriving at the receiving fax machine Cause Your phone line might be noisy or poor quality A call waiting feature might be active If the fax accessory is on a PBX system the PBX system might be generating a dial tone the fax accessory cannot detect There might be a poor phone connec
88. Japanese Postcard Additional print tasks with Windows Add a watermark to a document with Windows On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Effects tab Q N Select a watermark from the Watermarks drop down list Or to add a new watermark to the list click the Edit button Specify the settings for the watermark and then click the OK button 5 To print the watermark on the first page only select the First page only check box Otherwise the watermark is printed on each page Create a booklet with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program Edit View Inser click Print Save AS Page Setup Ae print Ctri P W 8 2 Select the product and then click the Print BaSe Properties or Preferences button Printer Name Ei HP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 Status Type Where Comment HP LaserJet Professional M1212nf MFP PA UP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 Page range j aree E a Ei we HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series a HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series Collate separated by Vf up offreiet Br Cores E we HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax Print what I Fan awe HF Photosmart A640 series Print HP Photosmart Plus B209a m 142 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 3 Click the Finishing tab 4 Select the Print on both sides check box 5 In
89. Jobs Hold Off Print Job Restore Factory Settings Second level Toner Density Quick Copy Job Storage Limit Quick Copy Job Held Timeout Default Folder Name for Stored Jobs Sort Stored Jobs By Values Range of 1 to 5 The default value is 3 Oft On Automatic Transition Auto Off On 1 300 Default 32 Oft 1 Hour 4 Hours 1 Day 1 Week Job Name Date Enabled Disabled All Address Book Digital Send Copy General E mail Fax Print Security Networking ENWW Administration menu 23 Copy Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Copy Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 4 Copy Settings menu First level Second level Values Copies Image Preview NOTE You might need to upgrade the firmware to view this menu Sides Orientation 2 Sided Format Staple Collate Staple NOTE For models that include a stapler stacker Collate Collate NOTE For models that do not include a stapler stacker 24 Chapter 2 Control panel menus Range 1 9999 Default 1 Make optional Require preview Disable preview l sided original 1 sided output l sided original 2 sided output 2 sided original 1 sided output 2 sided original 2 sided output Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style Book style original Flip style copy F
90. LASERJET ENTERPRISE M4555 S MFP SERIES User Guide Q LaserJet Enterprise M4555 MFP Series User Guide Copyright and License Trademark Credits 2011 Copyright Hewlett Packard Intel Core is a trademark of Intel Development Company L P Corporation in the U S and other countries Reproduction adaptation or translation Microsoft Windows Windows XP without prior written permission is and Windows Vista are U S registered prohibited except as allowed under the trademarks of Microsoft Corporation copyright laws ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR The information contained herein is subject mark are registered U S marks to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Part number CE502 90906 Edition 2 4 2011 Conventions used in this guide 9 TIP Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts Ee NOTE Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task N CAUTION Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the product N WARNING Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury
91. Manually adjust Send a scanned document 187 188 Chapter 10 Scan and send documents ENWW 11 Fax e Set up fax e Set fax settings e Use fax e Solve fax problems ENWW 189 Set up fax Introduction The HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 enables the HP multifunction product MFP to function as a standalone analog fax machine For more information see www hp com go ljanalogfaxaccessory500_manuals Ee NOTE In addition to the analog fax feature the product also supports LAN and internet faxing Only one fax method can be enabled at a time NOTE Ifthe product came with the fax accessory installed remove the fax connection cover connect the phone cord and then perform the initial fax configuration The fax connection cover is located on the phone connector on the formatter rear panel HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 features Send fax features e Speed dials e Fax address book e Resolution and image adjustment options e Billing codes 190 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Receive fax features e Stamp received faxes e Block incoming faxes e Fax polling e Adjustable rings to answer Advanced fax features e Notification of fax status e JBIG compression e Error correction e Fax archive Remote fax configuration e Embedded Web server e HP Web Jetadmin e HP MFP Digital Sending Software Security features e Fax printing schedule Verify fax operation When the fax accessory is inst
92. N 195 FDU CAINS MINN eles da ae E E ET 197 General fax send settings oss ssrsbadah cease tours attuatiGucumeenn aed 201 Set BINO COGS anrs E AS 203 Delal ob Ophion enneunen E RA 204 Image Preview secuen ai ae E ads omeeciauereenanieans 205 Set the outgoing fax resolution cccccccsseeeeseceeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeaeaes 205 DaS E E teases 206 ole Eee EAE E E E E E E E 206 Conen orena onyen eea a TE E O 207 B NAG Se E E E ETE E EA E E E EE 207 magedans imeni seres tesa hr a a 208 Optimize text PiCtUrEs onna a E R 208 leee UNG EEE EAE E E I EE A TA E A 209 Blank page sUppressiOnN sorrosta cocnteaacabeaanes 209 RECEIVE TOK SEHINGS saatiin i oa eN AE E REA 210 FOX TECCIVE SEIU 0 rerasan ne EE EE 210 Sektieirnnger volne scn S 210 SELING HAO ANS WEN pern r A E 210 Set fax receive speed sp uiindoar sen atincertenetetaicrcetauadetaenaueaian 211 seiring Nena yssen aaa a A 211 Set ring frequency sKeieciceeixdAonttae ence Aonmine ee eeeavies 212 Enable or disable the fax printing schedule cccccccesecceceesseeseeeeeeee sees 212 BIGECIMGOMING 1ONCS at2oss5 orien diedoacst chasse S cae aillaiet 213 Create a blockeataxclistsit nceeisieaioite eee ee nets teats 213 Delete numbers from the blocked fax list cccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 213 Hitas poling rece eee ee meee Me sane nen Ent Senin te Peer ence 214 xi xii Defavlij ob OU NS aranse e A R 214 DNRC GION arene N 214 Stamp received faxes incom
93. NWW Control panel menus The product has many menus on the control panel Home screen to help you perform tasks and configure settings Ey NOTE To learn about each menu option touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the screen for that option NOTE HP regularly updates features that are available in the product firmware To take advantage of the most current features update the product firmware To download the most recent firmware upgrade go to www hp com go lim4555mtp firmware Table 2 1 Menus on the Home screen Menu Description Initial Setup This menu appears when you first turn the product on Use it to set the language to set the date and time to configure essential fax and e mail settings and to enable the Open from USB feature After you have completed the initial setup you have the option to hide this menu Copy Use this menu to make copies of documents Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Fax Use this menu to send a fax from the product This menu is available only for products that have a fax accessory For this menu to appear on the control panel this feature must be set up by using the Initial Setup menu or by using the HP Embedded Web Server Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product
94. Packard Development Company L P www hp com CE502 90906
95. Res 1200 x Print pages on different paper Insert blank or preprinted sheets m Chapter separator pages EconoMode May Save Print Cartridges 136 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 5 Expand the list of Type is options H Everyday lt 96q E Photo Cover 176 2209 Other 6 Expand the category of paper types that best describes your paper NOTE Labels and transparencies are in the Types list of Other options fH Everyday lt 96g f Photo Colored 7 Select the option for the type of paper you are using and click the OK button El Type is Everyday lt 96g Photo Cover 176 220g Other 2 Monochrome Laser Transparency ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 137 Print the first or last page on different paper with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Paper Quality tab 138 Chapter 8 Print tasks Inser Jesu Print Ctrl P j HP LaserJet Professional M1212nf MFP HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax k HP Photosmart A640 series i HP Photosmart Plus B209a m Paper Options mn Paper sizes a 8 5 x 14 inches Legal X Paper source Automatically Select v Paper type Unspecified v Print Quality Special pages
96. Rotate by 180 degrees 130 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 4 Select the number of pages per sheet from the Pages per sheet drop down list Advanced Pring Shots Paper Quaity fects rising Document Options Print on both sides J a i ca Ce e 5 Select the correct Print page borders Page order and Orientation options Advanced Pining Shorts PapeGualy Bicas Fishing Document Options Print on both sides Flip pages up Booklet layout Portrait Landscape Rotate by 180 degrees CA rra ern invent Select page orientation with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program Piet inser click Print ee File n ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows 131 Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button ae HP Photosmart A640 series a HF Photosmart Plus B209a m 3 Click the Finishing tab a Es Advanced Printing Shotcuts Paper Quaity Efect Frishina ico Soe Seces Document Options Print on both sides Flip pages up Booklet layout Off Pages per sheet 1 page per sheet gt Print page borders Page order Right then Down Orientation Portrait Landscape Rotate
97. SS le ies i Access preset job options for commonly used jobs mail Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment O numbers to an e mail Black Gray 100 2 Touch the Image Adjustment button a Copy Copies 1 ba Letter lal gt p Letter Ready 2 Sides Staple Collate 1 to 1 sided Collated Reduce Enlarge I Paper Selection More J ato Options Auto Image Adjustment I Content Orientation k Default Portrait i ENWW Copy settings 161 162 Adjust the sliders to set the Darkness level the Contrast the Sharpness level and the Background Cleanup level Touch the OK button Touch the Start button Chapter 9 Copy Image Adjustment Darkness Contrast Lighter Darker Background Cleanup Normal Cleaner pases Sacras 100 O 2 Letter A al Letter GQ Sides 1 to 1 sided l i Staple Collate I i Collated Paper Selection f Paper Selection Reduce Enlarge Auto oO Adjustment FY image Adjustment ee Content Orientation i Default ITAA An Portrait ENWW Define custom copy settings You can use the Administration menu to establish default settings that apply to all copy jobs If necessary you can override most settings for an individual job After that job is complete the product returns to the default settings 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the A
98. Several messages that are normal or indicate a normal event are also included in tables For example if a fax was not able to be sent to a busy number a Fail Busy message will be shown Nothing is wrong with the fax subsystem the message indicates the fax was not completed due to a busy telephone number at the receiving end Persistent error messages with numeric codes different than those listed here require assistance of customer support A more detailed listing of the last fax call can be printed out before contacting customer support to help identify the problem The detailed fax listing is called a fax T 30 trace and can be printed for the last fax or it can be set to print whenever a fax error occurs To print or configure the fax T 30 trace touch Administration Troubleshooting and then Fax T 30 Trace You can then print the report for the last fax or contigure when to print the T 30 trace ENWW Solve fax problems 239 Send fax messages Table 11 1 Send fax messages Message Error No Description Action s Cancelled O Fax was cancelled by user at None control panel of product Success n a Fax sent successfully None Fail Busy O The receiving fax machine is The fax will be retried busy automatically if configured otherwise try resending fax later No Answer O The receiving fax machine is The receiving fax machine not answering the call may be disconnected or turned off contact the receiver to check the machine Try res
99. Touch the Fax Setup Wizard menu Follow the steps in the Fax Setup Wizard to configure the required settings When the Fax Setup Wizard finishes the option to hide the Initial Setup button appears on the Home screen Access the Fax Setup Wizard after initial setup through the control panel by following these steps 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Setup Wizard Follow these steps to configure the required fax settings using the Fax Setup Wizard 1 Touch your country region on the first screen of the Fax Setup Wizard and then touch the Next button Touch the date and time boxes to enter the date time and then touch the Next button Touch the Company Name and Fax Number boxes to enter your company name and fax number and then touch the Next button Touch the Dialing Prefix box to enter your dialing prefix if required and then touch the Next button Confirm your fax configuration settings on the final screen of the Fax Setup Wizard Touch the Finish button to complete the Fax Setup Wizard Or Touch the Back button to move back through the Fax Setup Wizard screens and make changes to your configuration entries EY NOTE The settings configured using the Fax Setup Wizard on the control panel override any settings made in the embedded Web server 192 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW NOTE If the Fa
100. United States and Puerto RICO cccccccccccceecccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeueeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 330 Multiple returns more than one cartridge cccccseeeceeeeeeeeees 330 DIGG TENORS T E A E E E 330 SLE e ATE EE E E O E 330 P S Ea E E E E EAE 331 PODET een E E E E E E E E E E E E E A 331 Material We STN T ONS serrorpieisre rer inre ir EET E E EEr E 331 Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union 332 Cremical SU DSIONCES erecsscrcpaie araara aE EE ESEE PEE EEE E OEE NE fone 332 Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS ccccecccccceseeececceeseeeeeceeseeeeeeeesssaeeeesesaaneeeess 332 For more information setae cece rergce ay orctsurane ececten otd acento gages acten edisetoanedetacoraennaaced acters 332 Declaration Ol COIN OEM epee ren escapee esa NE ETa E A OEE ren ERRAN EEES 334 xvi ENWW Declaration of conformity fax models cccceccecccccceceeeeecceeeceeeeeeeceeeseeesseecesesaeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeees 336 SSN SIC SIME INS perce ce E NI E P E N esos pees E ESE 338 Ee EE EE tte desea N E EN AE AAA eataasusnasneadns 338 Canadion DOC FeCl seryseprenniee nne ie ieaie a r aE iA 338 VECLstalemeni IPON serrr in eno EO EEEE 338 Power cord ISICON sresiroiroieiccirnsi vonese t nC Eoee ETE ELEN EENEN EO EEEE ERNE EEKE 338 Power cord statement Japan s ssssnssssinessresssresssrsssssrrsssrrerssrenssrersseressssrrseerersss 338 EMC siatement China rosero a ere nn ee 339
101. WW On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab Select a tray from the Paper source drop down list Basic print tasks with Windows 127 Print on both sides duplex with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program Inser click Print View Jesu Print Ctrl P 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button v HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series a HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series ae HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax a HP Photosmart A640 series a HP Fhotosmart Plus B209a m 128 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 3 Click the Finishing tab 4 Select the Print on both sides check box Click the OK button to print the job 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Paper Quality tab From the Paper size drop down list select either the 4x6 or 10x15cm size 5 From the Paper source drop down list select the Tray 1 option 6 From the Paper type drop down list click the More option ENWW Lx J Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quaity Efects nishing Job Document Options E Print on both sides Pages per sheet 1 page per sheet Orientation Portrait Landscape E Rotate by 180 degrees
102. Wizard Or Touch the Back button to move back through the Fax Setup Wizard screens and make changes to your configuration entries Ee NOTE The settings configured using the Fax Setup Wizard on the control panel override any settings made in the embedded Web server NOTE Ifthe Fax Setup menu settings does not appear in the menu listing LAN fax might be enabled When LAN fax is enabled the analog fax accessory is disabled and the fax menu does not display Only one fax feature either LAN fax analog fax or internet fax can be enabled at a time The fax icon displays for either fax feature If you wish to use analog fax when LAN fax is enabled use the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility to disable LAN fax 196 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Fax dialing settings Set the fax dial volume Use the Fax Dial Volume setting to control the product s dialing volume level when sending faxes 1 2 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Fax Dial Volume drop down menu and select one of the following settings e Off e Low default e High Touch the Save button to save the tax volume setting Set the dialing mode The dialing mode setting sets the type of dialing that is used either tone touch tone phones or pulse rotary dial phones To set the dialing mo
103. a printing shortcut with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button my a HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax Print what mi we HF Photosmart A640 series Print es HF Photosmart Plus B209a m ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows 123 3 Click the Printing Shortcuts tab A printing shortcut is a collection of saved print settings that you can select with a single click 4 Select one of the shortcuts and then click the OK button NOTE When you select a shortcut the corresponding settings change on the other tabs in the printer driver Create printing shortcuts 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print ss Print Ctrl P 124 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button 3 Click the Printing Shortcuts tab 4 Select an existing shortcut as a base NOTE Always select a shortcut before adjusting any of the settings on the right side of the screen If you adjust the settings and then select a shortcut all your adjustments are lost ENWW i HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax i eZ HP Photosmart A640 series HF Photosmart Plus B209a m p Aavanoed Prt
104. abling 258 Sleep Schedule setting 259 slow fax reception slow fax transmission small size paper printing Windows 129 SMTP servers connect to 182 software embedded Web server 56 HP Utility 65 HP Web Jetadmin 56 installing USB connections 74 installing wired networks 78 Mac 65 problems 308 settings 52 64 software license agreement 319 supported operating systems 48 60 uninstalling for Windows 55 uninstalling Mac 63 Solaris sottware 57 solving direct connect problems network problems 306 walk up USB printing problems 304 special media guidelines 84 special paper copying 163 guidelines 84 printing Windows 135 specifications electrical and acoustic operating environment 236 257 306 326 326 Index 35 352 speed dial creating 226 delete 227 list report 244 Speed Dial List description 248 stamp received faxes 215 staple options selecting Windows stapler jams 2 7 278 stapler stacker capacity 91 Stapler Stacker Settings menu control panel 38 staples replacing 111 Start button control panel touchscreen 16 status Home screen control panel 14 HP Utility Macintosh 65 messages types of 272 status message bar 220 status fax accessory page 234 stopping a print request Windows 120 storage job Macintosh settings 65 69 modes available 147 setting options Windows stored jobs 145 149 creating Windows 147 creating from a copy 167 deleting 149 printing 148 receiving notif
105. aisuuksista Aallonpituus 775 795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser GS statement Germany Das Ger t ist nicht f r die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz vorgesehen Um st rende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden darf dieses Produkt nicht im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden Substances Table China A HA AR ARE EL FEL TAR ESA i a PH E EAER T H A Ae A EMIR AK E N Bun ZRN BEA BR Hg Cd Cr VI PBB PBDE FTF 5 2 0 0 0 0 0 R FAL ZA 0 0 0 0 0 Pem AR 0 0 0 0 0 BBLS a 0 0 0 0 0 RES LA ZA 0 0 0 0 0 fi RD ES 0 0 0 0 0 0614 0 RREA AT RATA RARA H PUA EA Ey mR SJ T 11363 2006 HY Ril ZK X ROBE AT RATA RRHH BOAREA EA EAM T SJ T11363 2006 HPRH ZK CE S FRA IMRE H WR ee RE EE i BE A ERE T PREE PTT PPE A Restriction on Hazardous Substances statement Turkey Turkiye Cumhuriyeti EEE Y netmeli ine Uygundur 340 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Additional statements for telecom fax products EU Statement for Telecom Operation This product is intended to be connected to the analog Public Switched Telecommunication Networks PSTN of European Economic Area EEA countries regions It meets requirements of EU R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC Annex II and carries appropriate CE contormity marking For more details see Declaration of Conformity issued by the manufacturer in another
106. alled and operating correctly the tax icon displays on the product control panel If the fax accessory has just been installed but has not been configured the fax icon is grayed out If this occurs use the instructions that follow to configure the fax accessory Required fax settings After the fax accessory is installed you must configure certain settings before you can use the accessory If these settings are not contigured the fax icon is grayed out These settings include e Country region e Date Time e Company Name e Fax Number e Dialing Prefix optional This information is used in the fax header which is printed on all outgoing faxes 2 NOTE When first installed the fax accessory might read some of these settings from the product therefore a value may already be set You should check the values to verify that they are set and correct NOTE Inthe U S and many other countries regions setting the date time country region phone number and company name is a legal requirement for fax ENWW Setup fax 191 Fax Setup Wizard The Fax Setup Wizard guides you through a step by step procedure to configure fax settings that are required to use the fax feature If the settings are not configured the tax feature is disabled The first time the product is turned on with a fax accessory installed access the Fax Setup Wizard by following these steps 1 2 3 4 From the Home screen touch the Initia Setup button
107. alled from the CD that comes with the product UPD operates like traditional printer drivers It operates with a specific product e Ifyou use this mode you must install UPD separately for each computer and for each product Dynamic mode e To use this mode download UPD from the Internet See www hp com go upd e Dynamic mode allows you to use a single driver installation so you can discover and print to HP products in any location e Use this mode if you are installing UPD for a workgroup ENWW Select the correct printer driver for Windows 5 52 Priority for print settings Changes to print settings are prioritized depending on where the changes are made Ee NOTE The names of commands and dialog boxes might vary depending on your software program Page Setup dialog box Click Page Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed here override settings changed anywhere else Print dialog box Click Print Print Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower priority and usually do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box Printer Properties dialog box printer driver Click Properties in the Print dialog box to open the printer driver Settings changed in the Printer Properties dialog box usually do not override settings any
108. an the scanner strip with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner The scanner strip is located along the left hand side of the scanner glass It is not necessary to clean the entire scanner glass Over time specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing which can affect performance Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing ENWW Copy settings 159 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket 2 Open the scanner lid 160 Chapter9 Copy ENWW 3 Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting CAUTION Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product these can damage the product Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen They might seep and damage the product NOTE Carefully clean the small glass strip to the left of the scanner glass Small marks on this glass result in streaks on copies made from the accom feeder 4 Plug in the product and then use the power switch to turn on the product Adjust the copy lightness darkness 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button 7 UES E
109. and recycling of one or more HP LaserJet print cartridges after use Please follow the applicable instructions below Multiple returns more than one cartridge 1 Package each HP LaserJet print cartridge in its original box and bag 2 Tape the boxes together using strapping or packaging tape The package can weigh up to 31 kg 70 lb 3 Use a single pre paid shipping label OR 1 Use your own suitable box or request a free bulk collection box from www hp com recycle or 1 800 340 2445 holds up to 31 kg 70 Ib of HP LaserJet print cartridges 2 Use a single pre paid shipping label Single returns 1 Package the HP LaserJet print cartridge in its original bag and box 2 Place the shipping label on the front of the box Shipping For US and Puerto Rico HP LaserJet print cartridge recycling returns use the pre paid pre addressed shipping label contained in the box To use the UPS label give the package to the UPS driver during your next delivery or pick up or take it to an authorized UPS drop off center Requested UPS Ground pickup will be charged normal pick up rates For the location of your local UPS drop off center call 1 800 PICKUPS or visit www ups com 330 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW If you are returning the package with the FedEx label give the package to either the U S Postal Service carrier or FedEx driver during your next pick up or delivery Requested FedEx Ground pickup will be charged normal pic
110. any will notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify the customer as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to tile a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment If this happens the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make the necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service It trouble is experienced with this equipment please see the numbers in this manual for repair and or warranty information If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network the telephone company may request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved The customer can do the following repairs Replace any original equipment that came with the device This includes the print cartridge the supports for trays and bins the power cord and the telephone cord It is recommended that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this device is connected This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and other electrical surges Telephone Consumer Protection Act US The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other
111. ard output bin Control panel with color touchscreen display Document feeder cover access for clearing jams Document feeder input tray Document feeder output bin Top cover release lever Tray Right door latch Tray 2 Product views 8 10 Tray 3 11 Lower right door latch 12 Storage cabinet Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW M4555fskm MFP ENWW Stapler stacker output bins Stapler stacker accessory Control panel with color touchscreen display Document feeder cover access for clearing jams Document feeder input tray Document feeder output bin Top cover release lever Tray Product views 9 Right door latch 10 Tray 2 1 Tray 3 12 Lower right door latch 13 Tray 4 14 Tray 5 15 Stapler door access to the staple cartridge Back view 2j Wil A J Sao ny oo Aw Interface ports formatter 2 Power connection 3 Power switch 10 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW Interface ports 1 Slot for a cable type security lock 2 Foreign interface ports for connecting third party devices round 3 Hi speed USB 2 0 printing port 4 Local area network LAN Ethernet RJ 45 network port 5 USB port for connecting external USB devices 6 EIO interface expansion slot 7 Fax port RJ 11 Serial number and model number location The model number and serial number are listed on an identification label located inside the product The serial number contains infor
112. ates which component needs to be replaced Distance between defects Product components that cause the defect 37 7 mm 1 5 in Primary charging roller 47 mm 1 85 in Transfer roller 63 mm 2 5 in Developer roller Tray 1 pickup roller 79 mm 3 1 in Tray 1 feed roller Tray 1 separation roller Tray 2 feed roller Tray 2 pickup roller Tray 2 separation roller 94 mm 3 75 in Fuser sleeve unit or pressure roller Photosensitive drum 114 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Print the supplies status page The supplies status page indicates the estimated life remaining in print cartridges It also lists the part number for the correct genuine HP print cartridge for your product so you can order a replacement print cartridge as well as other useful information 1 Open the following menus e Administration e Reports e Configuration Status Pages 2 Select the Supplies Status option and then touch the Print button to print the report Interpret control panel messages for supplies The following table contains important information about supplies status messages Table 7 1 Supplies status messages Control panel message Description Recommended action 10 XX YY Supply memory error Black Cartridge low Black Cartridge very low ENWW The product cannot read or write to at least one print cartridge memory chip or a memory chip is missing from a print cartridge XX values e 00 Memory chip memory error
113. ax problem occurs which prevents or interrupts sending or receiving of a fax an error code is generated that will help in determining the cause of the problem Error codes show up in the fax activity log the fax call report and the T 30 protocol trace Print one of these three reports to obtain the error code A detailed description of the error codes and the appropriate action can be found at www hp com by searching for HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 Fax error messages When an analog fax is sent or received on an HP LaserJet product any errors that occur during the fax process will be displayed on the product control panel and entered into the fax reports Fax errors can occur for many reasons and often they are due to interruptions or noise on the telephone connection 238 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Any error that takes place during the fax process regardless of where it originates will be displayed by the product It the fax process is interrupted or an error occurs during a fax transmission or reception a two part status error description is generated by the fax subsystem on the product Normal or successful faxes also generate messages indicating success The message information consists of a text description and a numeric code a few messages don t include numeric codes Only the text part of the message will be displayed on the product control panel however both the text message and numeric code will be listed in the fax activity
114. bin for models with a stapler stacker 101 4 To configure the bin for copy jobs open these menus and then select a bin from the list of options e Administration e Copy Settings e Output Bin 5 To configure the bin for printing incoming faxes open these menus e Administration e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Output Bin Select a bin from the list of options Ee NOTE All stapled jobs always go to the lower bin NOTE For print jobs select the output bin in the printer driver 102 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW 7 Manage supplies e Print cartridge information e Supplies views e Manage print cartridges e Replacement instructions e Solve problems with supplies ENWW 103 Print cartridge information Feature Description Part numbers Standard capacity black print cartridge CE390A Selectability number 9OA e High capacity black print cartridge CE390X Selectability number 90X Accessibility e The print cartridge can be installed and removed by using one hand Environmental e Recycle the print cartridge by using the HP Planet Partners return and recycling program features For more information about supplies go to www hp com go learnaboutsupplies The information contained herein is subject to change without notice For the latest user guide information go to www hp com support licp1520series_manuals 104 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Supplies
115. catastrophic loss of data or extensive damage to the product ENWW iv Conventions used in this guide ENWW Table of contents t Pronus DOSE rrira ses canexcessnnxcessiwnnwsauswecneassecansentarusvasdivacespevensesientavaeiessusumenaeaees 1 PEOGUGT COMPOS ON porren ne nnen ae Ae EATA EAA EE EE E EE E E A E 2 Environmental fediUres ssssissssrescasidaniinsr serions Tesen rener A eea E Ee Ener e ES i oaie 4 Accessibility features c siacresunderesennananntenaatseweconcdanesieedsntlaxcenssananndeuunatanaand tutettenamnadtotsatulaeniacesanaees 5 Prodo VIC W 5 aetactmmae et acoehesatersiacdeytweiceahecs EE 6 FOIA NW ae chinps E E E tach E E E E 6 MASSIME tearren irinna E OENE R E E E OEA EERE 6 MAS SOTA a E oesacs tone sierteadesesuenesntoe es oassencaueer sarees 7 MAES 1 00 1 ee ee 9 BS Vi A ected caste EAO ENO A sents 10 NANG GCS PON npemi a a acetates etna E A E ER 11 Serial number and model number location ccccceeccccceseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeeaas 11 Control panel layout sip cnaietacdsunansancuian ease nasarentadunsnataadantanasamiesataieaunincseaceuatmbenusaasend 12 Control panel help system cccccccccsseecceecuseeecceeseeececeesseesceeesseeseeeeaeneeess 13 Touchscreen navigahon esiseinas se get toe cin so eieaa a ia in ir ignea 14 Buttons on the touchscreen cccccceeeeccceeceeeeeeeeeesseeseeeessaeeeeeessaseeeeeeeeaaeeeeees 16 2 Coniolp nel Ments sexcseicovereinsincesiccardesetereriee een hetero eins 17
116. ccccceccccceeeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeaas 151 Specify a name for the stored job ccccccccseccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 151 Print special jobs with Windows ss ssssnesssnsssissssssisssrinsssenssrrrssrrrrsrressrerssrerssrees 152 SeribedUpe L algnmen aan a re recne eeer eae nn artes ee 152 Wakvp USB ENIN asia iacdechehotacdabenatixiencwecedeskeede a landerenieickastedawiadecotcands 153 Use COPY UNGI ONS ssassn rio irna a oiaqou nese icine na EE iS 156 CODY e sca E E E A T E A E E E RA 156 See Eeke ora e e S NNE A EO A E AS OET 157 Reduce or enlarge a copy image xcccnsenenendnasenscaatiaaneiaesadnctiensdialedendisesesiaavorsdadledeepeelnauc 157 Cote COD O ar E et E ETEEN A A EA EARE 158 E Se NOS EE E ESA OE E EEO EA ET 159 Dange copy CUI aerer raren ie EE E E EE E O EE EEEE 159 Optimize the copy image for text or pictures cccccceseeeecceeeeseeseeeeueeeeeeees 159 Check the scanner glass for dirt or smudges cccseeecccecceeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeees 159 Adjust the copy lightness darkness cccccssseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeseeeeeeeeeaane ees 161 Define custom copy settings ccceceeeeeeeccceeee cece ese eeeeeeeeeeeesssseeeeeeeeeeeeesseaeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 163 Set the paper size and type for copying on special paper cccceceeeseeeeecceeeeeeaee ees 163 Restore copy default settings cccccccccccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeessesseeeeeeeeeeeaaas 164 COP A DIOE ace A E N E A A EAE EATE E A 165
117. cconeesesceenereacanandesnseseneeduiaeseneheianseacinieoetenneensiasaneets 56 FIP Vad TLC ee e E O A E E 56 HP Embedged Wep Server codcercesaicenaceds reece snaecieesi cee sacdedseonsseinyscuee danaseusmeioeieaecs lt oue 56 Software for other Operating systems cccsseeeeecccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees see eeeeeeeeesessseeeeeeeeeeaesaeeeneeeeees 57 4 Use Ihe produc wilh INGE iirinn 59 SONETO NOO eE E och EE E E E E E E EE N E 60 Supported operating systems for Mac ccccccceeesseeeececeeeesssseeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeeeeseaaaae ees 60 Supported printer drivers for Mac RMR eee mE ne Ee nee ire nr ee ee 60 Install software for Mac operating systems cccccccceeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 60 Install software for Mac computers connected directly to the product 60 Install software for Mac computers on a wired network 00cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 6 Configure the IP address ccccseeccccceeeseseeeeeceesaeeeseeeeessaeeeees 61 Install the software 0 cccceccccccececee ese eeeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeasaaeee sees 62 Remove software from Mac operating systems ccccccesseseeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 63 Priority for print settings for MOC cccccceeeccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeeegaas 64 Change printer driver settings for Mac ccccccccceesseeeeeecceeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeesaaaaeeees 64 soltware tor Mac e o a 6101 lt
118. ceeeeeaaaeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeseaanenes 322 STIS FS OOM ae E E A E nae ar clea E A ET EE AE E O OA E 323 Appendix C Product specifications essescescessesoescescessesoossesoecsosoesoesoesoeseessesseseessesoeooes 325 Physical specifications cea ieeteies one serrateusieisiateece made ciantet nen note aataaieoetteon eeteanheranesttmestaeresannsienetuaer ass 326 Power consumption electrical specifications and acoustic EMISSIONS cccccssseeeecceeeeeeseeeeeeees 326 Environmental specifications 2 duceccinaincsevaguanse vacceicaueanieseuedirde tt aeaueioouelie dion tesaneminaaeettaeens 326 Appendix D Regulatory information cccccccsssssscscscsccccscscscscscscscsscscscscecscescscscscecosens 327 RO Oe ee ee a er eee nn E ee A eee ee ee ee eee 328 Environmental product stewardship program cccccccseesceeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeseeeseseeseaeseseesaaneeees 329 Protecting the environment sasesaan aos iesuanenacdoataassaacenadoeseitanscoceseeddesasdbedeaeanceemeaaestntace 329 ZO SOG OStatic ta A EA A A E E E 329 Power Consum OMON axaccaneesncesncemanctacnteuduanendomen E AR EE EAr st 329 Toner COMSUMMOHOM sese aE A E EN E E AET E 329 FSS E E E PE E E E E E E 329 Ee TGS NTE E E EA E E A E 329 HP LaserJet print supplies ccc ceccccccceeeeccceceeeeeeeee ese eeeeeesseeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeeessaeeeess 330 Return and recycling instructions sx acti cel tiomncsncs alee newd oenesendbone deb sseedlecteasancaceawieees 330
119. ck Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button ENWW Edit View Inser Printer Name dy HP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 Status Type Where om HP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 Comment EA HF LaserJet Professional M1212nf MFP Page range All HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series i Current pa Pages owe HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series Enter page ni separated by HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax Print what U a a we HP Photosmart A640 series Print x a HP Photosmart Plus B209a m E Frint to file E Manual duplex Collate Additional print tasks with Windows 147 3 Click the Job Storage tab Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Job Storage Services Your job will be printed but not stored on the printer User Name Off User name Proof and Hold Custom Personal Job JEDMONDSON Stored Job Make Job Private Job Name PIN to print Automatic Custom lt Automatic gt Job Notification Options If job name exists Use Job Name 1 99 Display Job ID when printing cA About Help ok cance y 4 Select a Job Storage Mode option Es Your job will be stored on the printer and nothing will be printed until you request the job from the printer s control panel Once the job is printed it will be automatically removed from the printer s job storag
120. creen 16 Korean EMC statement 339 L labels printing Windows 135 LAN fax 190 landscape orientation selecting Windows 131 laser safety statements 338 339 last page printing on different paper Windows 138 LDAP servers connectto 182 letterhead printing Windows 133 license software 319 Linux software 57 loading Tray 1 94 Tray 2 95 97 Tray 3 4 and 5 95 97 loading paper 90 locked fax printing 231 log report activity log 243 activity log clearing 244 billing code report 244 blocked fax list report 244 fax call report 244 speed dial list report 244 lower right door jams 289 M Mac changing paper types and sizes 6 7 driver settings 64 67 HP Utility 65 problems troubleshooting 309 removing software 63 software 65 supported operating systems 60 Macintosh resize documents 68 support 323 Macintosh driver settings custom size paper 68 Job Storage 69 watermarks 68 maintenance kits part numbers 313 Manage Supplies menu control panel 37 Manage Trays menu control panel 37 managing network 79 material restrictions 331 Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS 332 media custom size Macintosh settings 68 first page 68 pages per sheet 69 supported sizes 86 memory included 2 65 supply errors 115 memory chip print cartridge description 318 memory DIMMs security 257 memory lock disabling 231 enabling 231 ENWW memory tag locating 109 memory saving and deleting faxes 220 menus summary 18 menus
121. ct control panel If you are signed in to the product contacts that you add to the address book will not be visible to other people who use the product 184 Chapter 10 Scan and send documents ENWW If you are not signed in to the product contacts that you add to the address book will be visible to all people who use the product Ee NOTE You can also use the HP Embedded Web Server EWS to create and manage the address book From the Home screen touch the E mail button NOTE If prompted type your user name and password Touch the address book button that is next to the To field to open the Address Book screen Touch the Add contact button that is in the lower left corner of the screen In the Name text field type the name of the contact From the drop down list select the E mail Address option and then type the contact s e mail address Touch the OK button to add the contact to the list ENWW Ap HP LaserJet M4555 MFP Read Access preset job options for commonly used jobs E mail Send a document as an attachment 1 to an e mail Send a document to one or more fax numbers Dec 10 2010 4 05 58 PM From Administrator To K CC May 24 2010 9 18 41 AM More Options Address Book admin admin company com B Send a scanned document 185 Send a document to e mail by using the address book l 2
122. ct does not pick up paper ss ssssnnsssssnssssissssrrssrrinrssrersrrersrrrrrssrresssrsserns 273 The product picks up multiple sheets of paper sss sessssnnesessssnnssssrnirsssrrrieesrrrreesrrrens 273 PEC VENIMOGDEL E aen E E E E A 273 EGT I er E E E A S 274 Jam VO NOS aps ae a E TA A E E E 274 Clear jams in the document feeder ccccccceseeccccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaes 276 Clear paper jams in the stapler for models with a stapler stacker 277 Clear staple jams for models with a stapler stacker cccccceeseeeeeeeeeees 278 Clear jams in the output bin area ccececceccceseecceeeseececeeeeeceeeeeeeeesseeeeeeaees 281 Clear jams from under the top COVED ccccccccccessesceceeseaeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeeans 281 Clear jams in the right door scares todeetenteecsaesicscteseseenseesenetoncmeeeneseauceiegeeke 283 Ciearjams Im Iray T ereer S 284 Clear jams in Trays 2 3 4 or 5 aasssssssssssisssssssessssrressssrrsssssrirsssrressssrrresss 288 Clear jams in the lower right door Trays 3 4 or 5 cceecccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 289 Clear jams in the fuser cccesceaarneancsarnacovesactavensenceseeevondisadessneosastaaatsnedannewoes 290 Clear jams in the registration area 20i c lt cecencsnasccieedinnosntecentoinseuivoadenncdecnaia 294 XIV ENWW Chang jami Tecovery ener eer eee ene reer ee eee ee ene ee ree 296 moroen aO ea ee ee rt rr Ne es erin E ere et ener Corer ee eres 297
123. ct the Connected through a wired network option 5 From the list of available printers select the printer that has the correct IP address 6 At the end of the installation click the Finish button or click the More Options button to install more software or configure basic digital sending features for the product e Install the HP PC Send Fax driver to enable sending faxes from your computer Fax models only e Use the HP Scan to Email Setup Wizard to configure basic E mail settings e Use the HP Save to Folder Setup Wizard to set up a shared folder on the network where you can store scanned documents 7 Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed 78 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW Configure network settings View or change network settings Use the embedded Web server to view or change IP configuration settings 1 Print a configuration page and locate the IP address e Ifyou are using IPv4 the IP address contains only digits It has this format XXX XXX XXX XXX e Ifyou are using IPv6 the IP address is a hexadecimal combination of characters and digits It has a format similar to this XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 2 To open the embedded Web server type the IP address into the address line of a Web browser 3 Click the Networking tab to obtain network information You can change settings as needed Set or change the network password Use the embedded Web server to set a network
124. ct the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 149 3 Click the Job Storage tab 4 In the Job Storage Mode area click the Proof and Hold option Temporarily store a private job on the product and print it later Ee NOTE The product deletes the job after you print it 1 2 3 4 5 6 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab In the Job Storage Mode area click the Personal Job option Optional In the Make Job Private area click the PIN to print option and enter a 4 digit personal identification number PIN Print the job at any time from the product control panel Temporarily store a job on the product Ee NOTE This option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the product NOTE The product stores the job until you turn the product off 1 2 3 4 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab In the Job Storage Mode area click the Quick Copy option The requested number of copies are printed immediately and you can print more copies from the product control panel Permanently store a job on the product Ee NOTE This option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the pro
125. cument to one or more e mail addresses 6 00cce eee 183 Use the address book cccccccsceeececeecseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseseeeeesseaeeeeeeeaaeeeees 184 Add contacts to the address book from the product control panel 184 Send a document to e mail by using the address book 186 TE FOS aaa ec ayes aces et ree ea was tan ses cas coe wpe ee 189 LUD a ann een em A en ee eer ne nC One eee tee eee een a 190 ENWW ENWW Ni NEI CLC HI EA EEE E este ho is es censuses Se 190 HP LaserJet Analog Fax Accessory 500 features cccccccessecccceeeseeeeeeeeesaeeeceseeseeseees 190 Veri IBOOD TION adeno sata aesacaueaesicaanese E TE ae 191 RE CHU Cll SHINS nana N E E 191 Fax SOLU VIZ ortir A esa emeneubatine atauneas 192 Set or verify the date and time cccccceccccceceeeeeceeceeeeeceeeseeeeeceeaaeeeeeeaas 193 Set or verify the date time format ccccceeeccccceeeccceeeeeceeeaeeeeeesaeeeeeeeaas 193 SE TOMAS MIG S536 cds ctatee satis shac eG aade daca a cig tanta sec ue deepeohdecsnel a neaenm 194 Remote fax configuration cycsicikeicets ce ieiac tea caetoeheaasaeaeasas see eee 194 NEO DON ET e sac dete E ceceia aa edad apnea academies 194 Fel ele e ea i Sette deena A A EE E E T E E E dence 194 HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 195 Senda Se HNN rian E AN 195 PO SENG E T o E E E A E E E E E E E E aoe 195 FO SEN VV Zar eira E a AT E OA
126. d box and type it again in the Verify password box Ee NOTE If you are changing an existing password you must first type the existing password in the Old Password field 6 Click the Apply button Make note of the password and store it in a safe place Encryption support HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disks Some models include an encrypted hard disk This hard disk provides hardware based encryption so you can securely store sensitive print copy and scan data without impacting product performance This hard disk uses the latest Advanced Encryption Standard AES and has versatile time saving features and robust functionality Use the Security menu in the HP Embedded Web Server to configure the disk 256 Chapter 12 Manage and maintain ENWW For more information about the encrypted hard disk see the HP High Performance Secure Hard Disk Setup Guide 1 Go to www hp com support 2 Type Secure Hard Disk into the search box and click the gt gt button 3 Click the HP Secure High Performance Hard Disk Drive link 4 Click the Manuals link Secure stored jobs You can protect jobs that are stored on the product by assigning a PIN to them Anyone who tries to print these protected jobs must first enter the PIN at the product control panel Lock the control panel menus You can lock various features on the control panel by using the HP Embedded Web Server 1 Open the HP Embedded Web Server by entering the product IP addr
127. d paper Recycle print cartridges by using the HP return process Energy savings Save energy by initiating sleep mode for the product HP Smart Web printing Use HP Smart Web printing to select store and organize text and graphics from multiple Web pages and then edit and print exactly what you see onscreen It gives you the control you need for printing meaningful information while minimizing waste Download HP Smart Web printing from this Web site www hp com go smartweb Job storage Use the job storage features to manage print jobs By using job storage you activate printing while you are at the shared product eliminating lost print jobs that are then reprinted Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW Accessibility features ENWW The product includes several features that aid you with accessibility issues Online user guide that is compatible with text screen readers The print cartridge can be installed and removed by using one hand All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand Paper can be loaded in Tray 1 by using one hand Accessibility features Product views Front view M4555 MFP 1 Standard output bin 2 Control panel with color touchscreen display 3 Document feeder cover access for clearing jams 4 Document feeder input tray 5 Document feeder output bin 6 Top cover release lever 7 Tray 8 Right door latch 9 Tray 2 6 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW M4555f MFP ENWW Stand
128. de perform the following steps l 2 ENWW From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Dialing Mode drop down menu and select either the Tone option default or Pulse option to set the fax dialing mode Touch the Save button Set fax settings 197 Set fax send speed The tax send speed setting sets the modem bit rate measured in bits per second of the analog tax modem while sending a fax 1 2 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the drop down menu under the Fax Send Speed heading and then touch one of the following e Fast default 33600 bps bits per second e Medium 14400 bps e Slow 9600 bps Touch the Save button Set the redial interval 198 The redial interval setting selects the number of minutes between retries if the number dialed is busy or not answering Ee NOTE You might observe a redial message on the control panel when both the Redial on Busy and Redial on No Answer settings are set to off This occurs when the fax accessory dials a number establishes a connection and then loses the connection As a result of this error condition the fax accessory performs two automatic redial attemp
129. ded Web Server 252 Scan Digital Send Settings menu control panel 27 scanner glass cleaning 301 jams 281 scanner glass cleaning 159 scanning to e mail about 181 address books configure 182 job settings 176 LDAP support 182 recipient lists 186 184 186 ENWW sending documents 183 SMTP support 182 scanning to folder 177 scanning to product memory 178 scanning to USB 180 security encrypted hard disk 256 security features 76 security settings HP Embedded Web Server 254 security slot locating 11 Send to E mail enabling 174 Send to Folder 177 sending a fax delete multiple recipients 227 to multiple recipients 226 using fax address book numbers 224 sending to e mail about 181 182 address books 184 186 job settings 176 LDAP support 182 recipient lists 186 sending documents 183 SMTP support 182 Service menu control panel 46 service settings 245 settings billing codes 203 dial tone detection dialing mode 197 dialing prefix 200 driver presets Mac 67 drivers 53 drivers Mac 64 error correction mode 203 fax number confirmation 201 fitto page 215 JBIG compression 202 memory lock 231 paper tray selection priority 52 64 redial interval 198 redial on busy 199 redial on no answer required 191 200 217 200 resolution 205 restore factory 271 rings to answer 210 stamp received faxes 215 shortcuts Windows creating 124 using 123 Sign in control panel 176 sleep delay disabling 258 en
130. depending on the software program e If you often print on a certain type or size of paper configure a tray for that type or size Then when you select that type or size as you print a job the product automatically pulls paper from the tray that is contigured for that type or size 100 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Select an output bin for models with a stapler stacker You can configure the product to use different output bins for printing copying and faxing You can also configure the product to sort jobs according to the username associated with each job or to stack all jobs from the lower bin to the upper bin 2 NOTE You can also select output bins from the printer driver Selections that you make in the printer driver override control panel settings 1 Upper left bin 2 Middle left bin 3 Lower left bin 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration menu 2 Open each of the following menus e Stapler Stacker Settings e Operation Mode 3 To configure the product to sort jobs into different bins according to product function select the Function Separator option Touch the OK button NOTE You can also select the Mailbox option to sort jobs according to the username associated with the job Select the Stacker option to stack all jobs into the lower output bin first When the lower bin is full jobs stack into the middle bin and then into the upper bin ENWW Select an output
131. dministration menu 2 Open the Copy Settings menu 3 Several options are available You can configure defaults for all options or for only some options Ey NOTE To learn about each menu option touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the screen for that option Set the paper size and type for copying on special paper 1 From the Home screen touch the Copy button 2 Touch the Paper Selection button 3 Select the tray that holds the see that you want to use and then touch the OK button ENWW HP LaserJet M4555 MFP in Quick Se Copy By Q Make copies from an original Ai document E mail Send a document as an attachment l to an e mail Access preset job options for commonly used jobs Send a document to one or more fax numbers Black Gray 100 P Jn Letter B B Letter 2 Sides Staple Collate US 1 to 1 sided i Collated Reduce Enlarge li ee Paper Selection _ More to pions Auto all 7 l i l w I Content Orientation ec Image Adjustment UO Defaut B Paper Selection 5 Automatically detect J Tray 1 Any Type Any Size Tray 2 Plain Letter 8 5x11 Tray 3 Plain Legal 8 5x14 Copy settings 163 Restore copy default settings 1 From the Home screen open the following menus e Administration e General Settings e Restore Factory Settings 2 Select the Copy ch
132. duct 1 2 3 4 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab In the Job Storage Mode area click the Stored Job option 150 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Make a permanently stored job private so that anyone who tries to print it must provide a PIN Ee NOTE This option is available if the optional hard disk is installed in the product l 2 3 4 5 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab In the Job Storage Mode area click the Stored Job option or the Personal Job option In the Make Job Private area click the PIN to print option and enter a 4 digit personal identification number PIN Ee NOTE To print the job or to delete it you must provide the PIN at the product control panel Receive notification when someone prints a stored job Ee NOTE Only the person who created the stored job receives notification You do not receive notification when someone prints a stored job that another person has created 1 2 3 4 5 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Job Storage tab Select the job storage mode that you want In the Job Notifications Options area click the Display Job
133. duct stewardship program 329 HP LaserJet print supplies It s easy to return and recycle your HP LaserJet print cartridges after use tree of charge with HP Planet Partners Multilingual program information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies package You help reduce the toll on the environment further when you return multiple cartridges together rather than separately HP is committed to providing inventive high quality products and services that are environmentally sound from product design and manufacturing to distribution customer use and recycling When you participate in the HP Planet Partners program we ensure your HP LaserJet print cartridges are recycled properly processing them to recover plastics and metals for new products and diverting millions of tons of waste from landfills Since this cartridge is being recycled and used in new materials it will not be returned to you Thank you for being environmentally responsible Ex NOTE Use the return label to return original HP LaserJet print cartridges only Please do not use this label for HP inkjet cartridges non HP cartridges refilled or remanufactured cartridges or warranty returns For information about recycling your HP inkjet cartridges please go to htip www hp com recycle Return and recycling instructions United States and Puerto Rico The enclosed label in the HP LaserJet toner cartridge box is for the return
134. dy message appears on the control panel display 76 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW ENWW 2 Connect the network cable to the product and to the network 3 Wait for 60 seconds before continuing During this time the network recognizes the product and assigns an IP address or host name for the product 4 At the product control panel touch the Network Address button to identity the product IP address or host name If the Network Address button is not visible you can find the IP address or host name by printing a configuration page a At the product control panel scroll to and touch the Administration button b Open the following menus e Reports e Configuration Status Pages e Configuration Page c Touch the View button to view the information on the control panel or touch the Print button to print the pages d Find the IP address on the Jetdirect page HP LaserJet Enterprise z M4555 MFP Series ca A EEE SI 5 IPv4 If the IP address is 0 0 0 0 or 192 0 0 192 or 169 254 x x you must manually configure the IP address Otherwise the network configuration was successful Connect to a network 77 IPv 6 If the IP address begins with fe80 the product should be able to print If not you must manually contigure the IP address Install the software 1 Quit all programs on the computer 2 Install the software from the CD 3 Follow the onscreen instructions 4 When prompted sele
135. e For Private print jobs add a 4 digit personal identification number Uoer Nane Of User name Proof and Hold Custom Personal Job Quick Copy Stored Job Make Job Private Job Name PIN to print Automatic 0000 9999 Custom lt Automatic gt Job Notification Options F job name exists Use Job Name 1 99 x V Display Job ID when printing a _ Lox Print a stored job Use the following procedure to print a job that is stored in the product memory 1 From the Home screen touch the Open from HP LaserJet M4555 MFP Copies il _ Ready l Device Memory button ST Send a document to a folder on the network Save the scanned job to a USB storage device Of Save to Device Memory Open from Device Memory Save the scanned job to this device s memory Print a job stored on this device s Dec 10 2010 4 06 32 PM 148 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 2 Select the name of the folder where the job is stored 3 Select the name of the job adjust the number of copies and then touch the Start button to print the job 4 If the job is locked type the PIN in the PIN field adjust the number of copies and then touch the Start button to print the job Delete a stored job with Windows Open From Device Memor r a h J Copies 1
136. e default Start menu view Click Start and then click Printers and Faxes Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using the Classic Start menu view Click Start click Settings and then click Printers Windows Vista Click Start click Control Panel and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer Windows 7 Click Start and then click Devices and Printers 2 Right click the driver icon and then select Properties or Printer properties 3 Click the Device Settings tab ENWW Change printer driver settings for Windows 53 54 4 To automatically set the configuration settings in the Installable Options list click the Automatic Configuration drop down menu and then click the Update Now menu item 6 2 Form To Tray Assignment Printer auto select Letter Manual Feed in Tray 1 Letter Tray 1 Letter non Tray 2 Letter Tray 3 Letter Tray 4 Letter Tray 5 Letter Envelope Feeder Not Available H a Font Substitution Table External Fonts efi Installable Options ieee iis Off a Printer Status Notification Tray 3 Installed Update Now Tray 4 Installed ul Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW Remove software for Windows Windows XP 1 Click Start Control Panel and then Add or Remove Programs 2 Find and select the product from the list 3 Click the Change Remove button to remove the software Windows Vista 1 Click Start Control Panel and
137. e Content Orientation e Original Size e Image Adjustment e Optimize Text Picture e Job Build e Blank Page Suppression y NOTE Default job option settings are shared across all fax methods analog LAN and internet fax Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Image preview 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Image Preview 3 The following option is available e Disable preview 4 Touch the Save button Set the outgoing fax resolution The outgoing fax resolution setting determines the maximum resolution supported by the receiving fax The tax accessory uses the highest possible resolution as limited by this setting and the maximum resolution of the receiving fax NOTE Faxes wider than 21 25 cm 8 5 in are automatically sent by using standard or fine ENWW resolution to reduce phone time NOTE The default resolution setting is a lower dpi than previous product model default resolution settings For example previous product models had a default resolution of Fine 200 x 200 dpi NOTE The higher the resolution the longer the transmission time required NOTE LAN fax settings resolution settings vary by vendor and may differ from the settings listed below 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Setting
138. e E E eee eee 257 ma e EE E E E E E A A een E AE A A prec atiegeamncones 258 PSY NOS E A T T E E E 258 CE e e E I A TE A E 258 Sel sleep delay oeron octane sage er r EEE E EEEE E ES 258 Set the sleep schedule ccccccccccseccccceeeeeeceeseeeeceeseeeeeeeeueeeeeeesaeeeeeesaeees 259 Install external I O devices c cccccccccececccccaceecececceecucecuceucacecsucecususaseesucusaceseeeesusecuseauetensuees 260 KTS RI TVS TO OI tees E AT E N ENEA aca cease A annou ees eeeos 262 Clean the paper DOIN scacacrgastercnasiaaceaecccsonseneceawaecewaatnsentaneneen me sedemiatanstnteenenitenaee cranes 263 deanrihe scanner GSS preron EE E E 263 Podo OS ae a E EE E E AE E EO E E EEEN 265 To Soie MOBIN arsa ceca ces ed eee ee 267 SE S saree E escent actin epee AAA A AAE A AEA E NEE 268 Solve problems CMS NST cree cesvasnencosaceacncstorsanccessqsseceareasin EEE 269 Factors that affect product performance cccceeecccccee cesses ececeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeuaeeeeeeeeeenaas 270 RESIGNS taciory Se tN Sec pacs ae sa cesar ace niesigactioctastadecsenauien iota oe erea e EE o Ao raip 27 1 Interpret control panel messages a 1 acencasnansasiesenseosstauaunestosetic waa achsecoecaieasieesiaseeenseee sans csees eee 272 Control panel message types een eee eee eee ree 272 Control panel mMessages sieisen reien na E er NE Fe 272 Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed ccccccceeseeeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeesueeeeeceeesseeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeees 273 The produ
139. e Jetdirect page HP LaserJet Enterprise g M4555 MFP Series ca Mau UUM Oooo 5 IPv4 If the IP address is 0 0 0 0 or 192 0 0 192 or 169 254 x x you must manually configure the IP address Otherwise the network configuration was successful IPv 6 If the IP address begins with fe80 the product should be able to print If not you must manually contigure the IP address Install the software 1 Quit all programs on the computer 2 Install the software from the CD 3 Click the product icon and follow the onscreen instructions 4 Click the Close button when the installation is complete 5 At the computer open the Apple menu click the System Preferences menu and then click the Print amp Fax icon 6 Click the plus symbol 62 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW By default Mac OS X uses the Bonjour method to find the driver and add the product to the printer pop up menu This method is best in most situations If Mac OS X cannot find the HP printer driver an error message displays Reinstall the software If you are connecting the product to a large network you might need to use IP printing to connect rather than Bonjour Follow these steps a Click the IP Printer button b From the Protocol drop down list select the HP Jetdirect Socket option Enter the IP address or host name for the product From the Print Using drop down list select the product model if one is not already selected
140. e Options button and then touch the Optimize Text Picture button 3 Select one of the predefined options or touch the Manually adjust button and then adjust the slider in the Optimize For area Touch the OK button 4 Touch the Start button HP LaserJet M4555 MFP R 6 QUICK Copy Es Make copies from an original i document Fax E mail y Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment d fax numbers to an e mail Dec 10 2010 4 05 58 PM E E Black Gray 100 d ray Letter la B Letter Paper Path f y Optimize Text Picture o sional J Automatic Manually adjust d O Q pret tn si i Booklet Format f Job Build OO Access preset job options for d commonly used jobs HOK Off Optimize Text Picture Q C R Printed picture Optimize For _ Photograph ea Text Picture Ge core Copies a Use the slider to manually adjust how your output is optimized E Manually adjust 0 Text Black Gray 100 s ay Letter lal gt a Letter Sides Staple Collate 1 to 1 sided l Collated Reduce Enlarge i i Paper Selection ito oios O Image Adjustment Content Orientation y Check the scanner glass for dirt or smudges Ee NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies made by using the document feeder cle
141. e Product comparison e Environmental features e Accessibility features e Product views ENWW 2 Product comparison M4555 MFP CE502A M4555h MFP CE738A Chapter 1 Prints up to 55 pages per minute ppm on Letter size or 52 ppm on A4 size paper Scans up to 55 single sided monochrome or color images per minute ipm for Letter size pages 26 ipm for two sided monochrome jobs and up to 19 ipm for two sided color jobs Digital sending features including sending to e mail network folders a USB flash drive and color or mono scanning 100 sheet multipurpose input tray Tray 1 500 sheet input tray Tray 2 50 sheet document feeder for copying and scanning Flatbed scanner that holds pages up to legal size auto senses letter and legal size pages and can scan originals of mixed letter and legal sizes Automatic two sided printing 500 sheet face down output bin Hi Speed USB 2 0 port HP Jetdirect embedded print server for connecting to a 10 100 1000Base T or Gigabit IPsec IPv6 network USB port on the control panel for walk up printing and scanning This port has a protective cover Use the HP Embedded Web Server Security tab to enable the port Color touchscreen display Hinged control panel to adjust the viewing angle 800 megahertz MHz processor Solid state hard drive on the formatter PCA Total installed random access memory RAM 1 25 GB Hardware integration pocket on t
142. e and paper type from the lists of options Touch the OK button to save your selection Configure trays 99 Select the paper by source type or size In the Microsoft Windows operating system three settings affect how the printer driver tries to pull media when you send a print job Source Type and Size settings appear in the Page Setup Print or Print Properties dialog boxes in most software programs Unless you change these settings the product automatically selects a tray using the default settings Source To print by source select a specific tray in the printer driver for the product to pull from If you select a tray that is configured for a type or size that does not match your print job the product prompts you to load the tray with the type or size of paper for your print job before printing it When you load the tray the product begins printing Type and size e Printing by type or size causes the product to pull from the tray that is loaded with the correct type and size of paper e Selecting paper by type rather than source helps protect special paper trom accidental use e Using the wrong setting might result in unsatisfactory print quality Always print by type for special print media such as labels or transparencies e Print by type or size for envelopes if possible e To print by type or size select the type or size from the Page Setup dialog box the Print dialog box or the Print Properties dialog box
143. e end of its estimated useful life Replace the print cartridge if print quality is no longer acceptable 2 Visually inspect the print cartridge for damage See the instructions that follow Replace the print cartridge if necessary 3 If printed pages have marks that repeat several times at the same distance apart print a cleaning page If this does not solve the problem use the repeating detects information in this document to identify the cause of the problem Inspect the print cartridge for damage 1 Remove the print cartridge from the product and verity that the sealing tape has been removed 2 Check the memory chip for damage ENWW Solve problems with supplies 113 3 Examine the surtace of the green imaging drum on the bottom of the print cartridge N CAUTION Do not touch the green roller imaging drum on the bottom of the cartridge Fingerprints on the imaging drum can cause print quality problems J ST 4 Ifyou see any scratches fingerprints or other damage on the imaging drum replace the print cartridge 5 If the imaging drum does not appear to be damaged rock the print cartridge gently several times and reinstall it Print a few pages to see if the problem has resolved Repeating defects It defects repeat at regular intervals on the page use a ruler to identify the cause of the defect Place the top of the ruler at the first defect The marking that is beside the next occurrence of the defect indic
144. e fax accessory Make sure that the phone jack is well seated in the socket The connector should be inserted into the socket until it clicks e Is the phone wall jack working properly Verify that a dial tone exists by attaching a phone to the wall jack Can you hear a dial tone and can you make a phone call What type of phone line are you using e Dedicated line A standard fax phone number assigned to receive or send faxes Ee NOTE The phone line should be for product fax use only and not shared with other types of telephone devices Examples include alarm systems that use the phone line for notifications to a monitoring companies e PBX system A business environment phone system Standard home phones and the fax accessory use an analog phone signal Some PBX systems are digital and might not be compatible with the fax accessory You need to have access to a standard analog phone line to be able to send and receive faxes e Roll over lines A phone system feature where a new call rolls over to the next available line when the first incoming line is busy Try attaching the fax accessory to the first incoming phone line The fax accessory will answer the phone after it rings the number of times set in the rings to answer setting Ee NOTE Roll over lines can cause problems with the fax accessory s ability to receive faxes Using roll over lines with this product is not recommended Are you using a surge protection device
145. e into the Fax Recipients list Touch the OK button to return to the Send Fax job screen Ev NOTE To import or export the local fax address book to the EWS refer to the EWS documentation Cancel a fax Cancel the current fax transmission 224 A Touch the Cancel Job button on the fax Status screen Or On the control panel touch the Stop button Touch the OK button when the message Job has been aborted displays Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Touch the OK button to finish canceling the fax job and return to the Fax screen Cancel pending faxes 1 2 3 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Job Status button Touch the fax job to cancel on the Job Status screen Touch the Cancel Job button Touch the Yes button on the screen with the message Are you sure you want to cancel this job displays Ee NOTE The cancel operation may require up to 30 seconds to complete Receive faxes When the fax accessory receives incoming faxes it stores them in memory before printing After the entire fax is stored it is printed and then deleted from memory Faxes print when received unless Schedule Printing of Faxes is enabled If Schedule Printing of Faxes is enabled all incoming faxes are stored in memory and not printed When Schedule Printing of Faxes is disabled all stored faxes print You can change the fax receive default settings to modify the way a fax is received These settings include the following options
146. e mail In order for the product to send documents to e mail it must be connected to a LAN that has access to an e mail server that supports SMTP e Ifyou are using a LAN connection contact your system administrator to obtain the IP address or host name for your SMTP server If you are connecting through a DSL or cable connection contact the internet service provider to obtain the SMTP server IP address LDAP e LDAP is used to gain access to a database of information When the product uses LDAP it searches a global list of e mail addresses As you begin to type the e mail address LDAP uses an auto complete feature that supplies a list of e mail addresses that match the characters you type As you type additional characters the list of matching e mail addresses becomes smaller e The product supports LDAP but a connection to an LDAP server is not required in order for the product to be able to send to e mail Ee NOTE If you need to change the LDAP settings you must change them by using the HP Embedded Web Server Configure e mail server settings Before you can send a document to e mail you must configure the product Ee NOTE The instructions that follow are for configuring the product at the control panel You can also perform these procedures by using the HP Embedded Web Server Using the E mail Setup Wizard menu is the simplest way to configure the e mail settings NOTE The email icon is not shown on the control panel
147. e the tray is not overtilled If it is remove the entire stack of paper from the tray straighten the stack and then return some of the paper to the tray 5 Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper Adjust the guides so they are touching the paper stack without bending it 6 Make sure that the tray is fully inserted in the product 7 If you are printing on heavy embossed or perforated paper use the manual feed feature and feed sheets one at a time Clear jams Jam locations Use this illustration to identify locations of jams In addition instructions appear on the control panel to direct you to the location of jammed paper and how to clear it Ee NOTE Internal areas of the product that might need to be opened to clear jams have green handles or green labels N WARNING To avoid electrical shock remove any necklaces bracelets or other metal items before reaching into the inside of the product Figure 13 1 Jam locations 1 Document feeder 2 Top cover area 3 Tray 1 area 4 Right door 5 Lower right door NOTE For the 1 x 500 sheet feeder use this door to access Tray 3 For the 3 x 500 sheet feeder use this door to access Tray 3 4 and 5 6 Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 274 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW 7 Stapler door for models with a stapler stacker 8 Output bins for models with a stapler stacker ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes ja
148. e white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner CAUTION Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product these can damage the product Do not place liquids directly on the glass or platen They might seep and damage the product 4 Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting 5 Plug in the product and then use the power switch to turn on the product ENWW Improve print quality 301 The product does not print or it prints slowly The product does not print It the product does not print at all try the following solutions 1 Make sure the product is turned on and that the control panel indicates it is ready o If the control panel does not indicate the product is ready turn the product off and then on again o If the control panel indicates the product is ready try sending the job again 2 Ifthe control panel indicates the product has an error resolve the error and then try sending the job again 3 Make sure the cables are all connected correctly If the product is connected to a network check the following items o Check the light next to the network connection on the product If the network is active the light is green Make sure that you are using a network cable and not a phone cord to connect to the network Make sure the networ
149. eature to prevent blank pages in a fax from being printed 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Blank Page Suppression ENWW Set fax settings 209 3 Touch one of the following options e Disabled default e Enabled 4 Touch the Save button Receive fax settings Fax receive setup Set the ringer volume 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup 3 Touch the Ringer Volume drop down menu and then select one of the following ringer volume settings e Off e Low default e High 4 Touch the Save button to save the ringer volume setting Set rings to answer The rings to answer setting determines the number of times the phone rings before the call is answered by the fax accessory Ee NOTE The default setting range for rings to answer is country region specific The range of possible rings to answer is limited by country region 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup 210 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW 3 4 Touch the Rings To Answer drop down menu and then touch the number of rings 1 5 the default is 1 Touch the Save button Set fax receive spe
150. ecedence For example pressing the Stop button pauses printing and offers the option to cancel the print job Criticalerror messages Critical error messages inform you of a product failure You can clear some of these messages by turning the product off and then on These messages are not affected by the Auto Continue setting If a critical error persists service is required Control panel messages The product provides robust control panel messaging When a message appears on the control panel follow the on screen instructions to resolve the issue If the product displays an Error or Attention message and no steps are shown to resolve the issue turn the product off then on Contact HP support if you continue to experience issues with the product To get additional intormation for warnings that appear in the status line touch the Warning button For additional information on a variety of topics touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the home screen 272 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed The product does not pick up paper The product picks up multiple sheets of paper Prevent paper jams Clear jams The product does not pick up paper If the product does not pick up paper from the tray try these solutions 1 2 3 Open the product and remove any jammed sheets of paper Load the tray with the correct size of paper for your job Make sure the paper
151. eck box and then touch the Reset button 164 Chapter Copy ENWW Copy a book 1 Lift the lid and place the book on the scanner glass with the upper left corner of the book in the upper left corner of the glass 2 Gently close the lid 3 On the control panel touch the Copy button 4 Touch the Start button 5 Repeat these steps for each page that you want to copy Ee NOTE This product does not have the capability to distinguish lett and right pages Assemble the copied pages carefully ENWW Copy a book 165 Copy a photo ENOTE Copy photos fromthe scannerglass SOS C lt S lt S 1 Lift the lid and place the photo on the scanner glass with the picture side down and the upper left corner of the photo in the upper left corner of the glass Gently close the lid On the control panel touch the Copy button Touch the Optimize Text Picture button and select the Photograph button S Touch the Start button 166 Chapter9 Copy ENWW Create a stored copy job Use this procedure to scan a document and save it on the product so you can print copies at any time 1 Place the document face down on the scanner glass or face up in the document feeder 2 From the Home screen touch the Save to Device Memory button Ee NOTE If prompted type your user name and password 3 Select an existing folder or touch the New Folder button to create a new folder 4 Type the name for the file in t
152. ed 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup Touch one of the following options from the Fax Receive Speed drop down menu e Fast default v 34 max 33 600 bps e Medium v 17 max 14 600 bps e Slow v 29 max 9600 bps Touch the Save button Set ring interval 1 2 ENWW From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup Touch the box beneath the Ring Interval heading to open the keypad Enter a value for the ring interval on the keypad and then touch the OK button The default setting for ring interval is 600 Touch the Save button Set fax settings 211 Set ring frequency l 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Receive Setup Touch the box beneath the Ring Frequency heading to open the keypad Enter a value for the ring frequency on the keypad and then touch the OK button The default setting for ring frequency is 68 hz Touch the Save button Enable or disable the fax printing schedule 212 Ee NOTE Before enabling a fax printing schedule a schedule must be created l 2 eS 9 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administra
153. ed Always print to this printer even if its IP address changes Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW 3 If you installed the product using a Microsoft standard TCP IP port use the hostname instead of the IP address 4 Ifthe IP address is correct delete the product and then add it again The computer is unable to communicate with the product 1 Test network communication by pinging the network a Open a command line prompt on your computer For Windows click Start click Run and then type cmd b Type ping followed by the IP address for your product c If the window displays round trip times the network is working 2 If the ping command failed verify that the network hubs are on and then verify that the network settings the product and the computer are all configured for the same network The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network Hewlett Packard recommends leaving this setting in automatic mode the default setting If you change these settings you must also change them for your network New software programs might be causing compatibility problems Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the correct printer driver The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly 1 Check the network drivers printer drivers and the network redirection 2 Verify that the operating system is configured correctly The product is disabled or other network
154. eeseeeeeeeeeaanees 142 Create a booklet with WV INGOWS sssaccosouts i scca chek ncaa tvietnadaea gatencstevenaeeeatae sees 142 Select output options with Windows fskm models only cccccsseeecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeans 144 Select an output bin with Windows cccccscccessecceeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeseaeeeeeanes 144 Select staple options with Windows cccscccccesecceesseeceeseeceesueeeeeseeeeesneees 145 Use job storage features with Windows cccccccecccceesseeeeceeeseeesuseeeeeeeeeessssaeeeeeeeees 147 Create a stored job with Windows cccccsecccesescceeeeseecueeeeeseeeeaeeeeenenees 147 P ei 1 oy O emma nen ee nT Ree ern ot ee oe PRC ee ee 148 Delete a stored job with Windows cccccccccsecccseeeceeeeeceesseecesueseeeaeseeeas 149 Set job storage options with Windows cccseeccceeeseeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneas 149 Print one copy for proof before printing all the copies 149 Temporarily store a private job on the product and print it later 150 Temporarily store a job on the product ccccceeecceeseeeeeneeeeenees 150 Permanently store a job on the product ccccccseeeceeseeeeeueeees 150 Make a permanently stored job private so that anyone who tries to print it must provide a PIN ixisussidhccisaatidonalenlconseabbatarduderitateness 151 Receive notification when someone prints a stored job 151 Set the user name for a stored job
155. el it by following this procedure a Press the Stop button on the product control panel b From the list on the touchscreen touch the print job you want to delete and touch the Cancel Job button c The product prompts you to confirm the deletion Touch the Yes button You can also cancel a print job from a software program or a print queue e Software program Typically a dialog box appears briefly on the computer screen allowing you to cancel the print job e Mac print queue Open the print queue by double clicking the product icon in the Dock Highlight the print job and then click Delete Change the paper size and type with Mac 1 SS 2 On the File menu in the software program click the Print option In the Copies amp Pages menu click the Page Setup button Select a size from the Paper Size drop down list and then click the OK button Open the Finishing menu Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 Select a type from the Media type drop down list Click the Print button Create and use printing presets with Mac Use printing presets to save the current printer driver settings for reuse Create a printing preset ENWW 1 2 3 4 5 On the File menu click the Print option Select the driver Select the print settings that you want to save for reuse In the Presets menu click the Save As option and type a name for the preset Click the OK button Print with Mac 67 Use printing presets 1 On the Fi
156. elay 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button 2 Open each of the following menus a General Settings b Energy Settings c Sleep Delay 3 Select the appropriate time period and then touch the OK button 258 Chapter 12 Manage and maintain ENWW Set the sleep schedule Ee NOTE You must configure the date and time settings before you can use the Sleep Schedule feature If you have already configured the date and time settings you can skip steps 2 and 3 in the following procedure 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button 2 Open the General Settings menu and then open the Date Time Format menu Configure the following settings e Date Format e Time Format 3 Open the Date Time menu and configure the following settings e Date e lime e lime Zone If you are in an area that uses daylight savings time select the Adjust for Daylight Savings box 4 Open the Energy Settings menu and then open the Sleep Schedule menu 5 Touch the Add button and then select the type of event to schedule Wake Up or Sleep 6 Configure the following settings e Event Time e Event Days e Event Description 7 Open the Holidays menu to configure which days are holidays for your area ENWW Economy settings 259 Install external I O devices This product is equipped with an external I O EIO slot You can install an additional HP Jetdirect print server card or external EIO hard drive in the available EIO
157. en a fax is sent it is first scanned and stored into memory After the entire document is stored it is sent and then deleted from memory Faxes that fail to send because the number was busy or did not answer are deleted from memory If the Redial On Busy or Redial On No Answer features are set the fax will not be deleted until all retries fail or the fax is sent successfully Send a fax by entering numbers manually 1 Place the document in the automatic document feeder ADF or on the scanner glass 2 From the Home screen touch the Fax button You may be prompted to type a user name and password 3 Touch the More Options button Verify that the settings match those of your original When all settings are completed touch the up arrow to scroll to the main Fax screen ENWW a HP laserJet M4555 MFP oO r k Se Make copies from an original T documen Access preset job options for commonly used jobs E mail Send a document as an attachment to an e mail 5 Qjie Send a document to one or more USE numbers 10 2010 4 05 58 Ph Send Fax Ready Fax Recipients ep peed Dial Code Jee Speed Dias Speed Dial 5555555555 TA Delete Details Use fax 22 4 Touch the Fax Number box to open the keypad 5 Using the keypad enter a phone number and then touch the OK button 6 Touch the Start icon to send the fax You ca
158. en a program and print 5 Configure the installed options 64 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW Software for Mac computers HP Utility for Mac Use the HP Utility to set up product features that are not available in the printer driver You can use the HP Utility when the product uses a universal serial bus USB cable or is connected to a TCP IP based network Open the HP Utility A From the dock click HP Utility Or From Applications click Hewlett Packard and then click HP Utility HP Utility features The HP Utility consists of pages that you open by clicking in the Configuration Settings list The following table describes the tasks that you can perform from these pages At the top of any page click the HP Support link to access technical assistance online supplies ordering online registration and recycling and return information Menu Information And Support Printer Settings Item Supplies Status Device Information Color Usage File Upload Upload Fonts Update Firmware Commands Trays Configuration Duplex Mode Stored Jobs E mail Alerts Network Settings Supplies Management Description Shows the product supplies status and provides links for online supplies ordering Shows information about the currently selected product Shows the total pages printed the number of pages printed in color and the number of pages printed in black only Transfers files from the co
159. en and use the HP Embedded Web Server When the product is connected to the network the HP Embedded Web Server is automatically available Open the HP Embedded Web Server by using a network connection 1 ENWW Identity the product IP address or host name a From the Home screen on the product control panel touch the Administration button b Open the Reports menu c Open the Configuration Page menu and touch the Print button d Find the IP address or host name on the HP Jetdirect page In a supported Web browser on your computer type the product IP address or host name in the address URL field Use the HP Embedded Web Server 249 HP Embedded Web Server features Information tab Table 12 1 HP Embedded Web Server Information tab Menu Device Status Job Log Configuration Page Supplies Status Page Event Log Page Usage Page Device Information Print Printable Reports and Pages Description Shows the product status and shows the estimated life remaining of HP supplies The page also shows the type and size of paper set for each tray To change the default settings click the Change Settings link Shows a list of recent product print or copy jobs Shows the information found on the configuration page Shows the information found on the supplies status page Shows a list of all product events and errors Use the HP Instant Support link in the Other Links area on all HP Embedded Web Server pages
160. en the HP Embedded Web Server by using a network connection 6cccceeeeeeeees 249 HP Embedded Web Server features ccccssseseeeeecceceeeeeeessseeeeeseeeeeeeeeesssaesseeeseseeeees 250 orman TaD senere E A E A 250 Cene ra AS rran a AE E A E T EER EESE 250 COP P A ae E E E E E S 251 Scam Digilol Send aD aaa ee a ren eo EEE oR 252 Fax tab fskm models only cccccccccessecccceeeeeececeeseesseceeseeeeeeeeeeanneees 253 TOSS OTN taD aes oan na e EE E E EErEE 253 De SUE D E E E A E E eerste 254 AP yen Services TOD oesor an Ea e i 254 MERNOK TAO eea E E A E E 254 OE E E E ENEE E ENEE E A 254 Use HP Web Jetadmin software adenectcntecnssesnerne2ddonacaimicedndaasidaeanenneiitiadumciamsneaignieddaeaaansendoneniuledas 255 Product sec riiy FSCO tsa tatcerceapecaiteneoncnnne nuit veedanestesstseusesedostietnrtcavedt sand acenebeteaneadandactossseae 256 DE CUNY SISTEM CII e ans cnnaceqaaiadaekaesksaancusancaceusat E E E E ERR 256 BS UI arr beets betes alates Pe EE bia eo euea nae E meee aden at 256 ENWW xiii Secure the HP Embedded Web Server c ccccececcccccececececececacacucecauseeceesesucucsaeenens 256 Encryption support HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disks cccccssseeeeeeeeeees 256 Secure SION SR OLS esns EEEE EIE A TESE O AEE E EE E EEEN ETE 257 Lock the control panel menus ccecccceseeeccceseeeeeecueeeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeeseeeeeessaeeeeeaaaess 257 lock ihe fe 41110 aare
161. ena taeda ten aaenatanoednesananessatanaes 235 Problems with receiving faxes a cotesersoss5 carduestacemsaonseaneetnlosnaaue aera cueveuremesmiennbeavescesedes 236 Problems with sending faxes c cccceccccceeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesasaeeeseeeeeeees 237 ENO COES ae ee ee ee ee ee ree ree eee ere ee 238 Fax enar IM SSSA sages ieee teec erence ec banners E E nace seerys 238 SEFC TON SSS OSS sepiro nikri nE E E N e S ES oni es ai aE ST 240 Receive fax messages cceeccccccceeseeeceeeeee ese eeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeessaeeseees 242 OG SONS ett cont veer E E wonctlecuetencuk ens E AE A A AA N T 243 Bengel r a ee a4 EN T EEN IE A N E 243 Billing code POON epee es tire stent recta casuesdmceyacieteaenncuens cs ea E ER EE EE eE 244 Blocked tax list repor sesser rri ra EEEa Ei 244 Speed dial list report exter sipaccrerensincnnennsdenstanseunseadow stnstomedtnatasacilarsineto meee 244 FN e i A O E T EE E E E EEN 244 Clear the fax CEI log eessene seee 244 SNCS SS e e E E T T EA T A P A N ann eeeonet 245 Settings in the Troubleshooting menu ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaueeeeeesaeeeeeenes 245 Settings in the Resets Menu ene eee eae a rire Eei 245 Fimaware Upgrades serersrorire san in R EEEE E E E O E EEEE A EE ES 245 i Manage armei iweni seserinis 247 Faar aorako AG SS spenr E E RT E oe 248 Use the HP Embedded Web Server soccsas casnercsectossecestcsessceanicauemaccaataseseonmaeenecoseaseuneresneees 249 Op
162. ending Compression Error Any Fax may be corrupted or not Try resending fax sent No Dial O No dial tone is detected Verify the phone line is when sending the fax active set the sending fax to not to detect a dial tone Modem Fail Any Unexpected or bad response Try resending fax if the error from the internal fax modem persists contact service to product NOTE This does not necessarily indicate that the modem hardware is bad Communication Error 17 or 36 Lost telephone connection Try resending the fax Communication Error Space Fail Page Fail Memory Error Job Fail Chapter 11 Fax Any besides 17 or 36 between sender and receiver May be due to voice calls General communications issue where the fax transmission was interrupted or did not proceed as expected Unable to read or write the fax image file to disk could be corrupt product disk or no space available on the product s disk Incompatible page width or page had too many bad lines Out of RAM memory on product Fax failure the fax job did not complete Try resending fax if the error persists contact service Try resending fax if the error persists contact service Try resending fax if the error persists contact service If error persists may need to add RAM to product Try resending fax if the error persists contact service Table 11 1 Send fax messages continued Message Error No Description Action s
163. ener Discovery Protocol MLD v1 e Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP v6 Other supported network protocols e Internetwork Packet Exchange Sequenced Packet Exchange IPX SPX e AppleTalk e NetWare Directory Services NDS e Bindery e Novell Distributed Print Services NDPS o iPrint Table 5 2 Advanced Security features for network management Service name Description IPsec Firewall Provides network layer security on IPv4 and IPv networks A firewall provides simple control of IP traffic IPsec provides additional protection through authentication and encryption protocols Kerberos Allows you to exchange private information across an open network by assigning a unique key called a ticket to each user who logs on to the network The ticket is then embedded in messages to identify the sender SNMP v3 Employs a user based security model for SNMP v3 which provides user authentication and data privacy through encryption SSL TLS Allows you to transmit private documents via the Internet and guarantee privacy and data integrity between the client and server applications IPsec batch configuration Provides network layer security through the simple control of IP traffic to and from the product This protocol provides the benefits of encryption and authentication and allows for multiple configurations Install the product on a wired network Configure the IP address 1 Make sure the product is turned on and that the Rea
164. eneric printer driver when using a USB connection The printer driver is not listed in the Print amp Fax list 1 Make sure that the product GZ file is in the tollowing hard drive tolder Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources If necessary reinstall the software It the GZ file is in the folder the PPD tile might be corrupt Delete the file and then reinstall the software The product name does not appear in the product list in the Print amp Fax list 1 2 3 Make sure that the cables are connected correctly and the product is on Print a contiguration page to check the product name Verify that the name on the configuration page matches the product name in the Print amp Fax list Replace the USB or network cable with a high quality cable The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Print amp Fax list 1 2 ENWW Make sure that the cables are connected correctly and the product is on Make sure that the product GZ file is in the tollowing hard drive tolder Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources If necessary reinstall the sottware It the GZ file is in the folder the PPD tile might be corrupt Delete the file and then reinstall the sottware Replace the USB or network cable with a high quality cable Solve product software problems with Mac 309 A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted 1 2 Open the print queue and restart the print job
165. enu and then select the Print Options menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting 34 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Table 2 8 Print Options menu First level Second level Values Number of Copies Default Paper Size Default Custom Paper Size X Dimension Y Dimension Use Inches Use Millimeters Output Bin Sides 2 Sided Format Enable Edge To Edge Override Select from a list of sizes that the product supports Select from a list of output bins 1 sided 2 sided Book style Flip style Enabled Disabled Display Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Display Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 9 Display Settings menu First level Second level Values Key Press Sound On Off Language Settings Language Keyboard Layout Network Address Button Select from a list of languages that the product supports Each language has a default keyboard layout To change it select from a list of layouts Display Hide Administration menu 35 Table 2 9 Display Settings menu continued First level Second level Values Sleep Mode Disabled Use sleep delay Use sleep schedule Balance power savings Wait time Inactivity Timeout Range 10 300 seconds Default 60 seconds Clearable Warnings On Job C
166. equential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you 9 U S GOVERNMENT CUSTOMERS Software was developed entirely at private expense All Software is commercial computer software within the meaning of the applicable acquisition regulations Accordingly pursuant to US FAR 48 CFR 12 212 and DFAR 48 CFR 227 7202 use duplication and disclosure of the Software by or for the U S Government or a U S Government subcontractor is subject solely to the terms and conditions set forth in this End User License Agreement except for provisions which are contrary to applicable mandatory federal laws 10 COMPLIANCE WITH EXPORT LAWS You will comply with all laws rules and regulations i applicable to the export or import of the Software or ii restricting the Use of the Software including any restrictions on nuclear chemical or biological weapons proliferation 11 RESERVATION OF RIGHTS HP and its suppliers reserve all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA 2009 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Rev 04 09 320 Appendix B Service and support ENWW OpenSSL ENWW This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLA
167. er entrance guide Duplexer assembly Output bin assembly Tray 2 5 1x500 sheet paper feeder 1x300 sheet paper feeder Tray 1 pickup and feed rollers Description Includes a replacement roller assembly and separation pad for the document feeder Replacement control panel Replacement formatter Replacement transfer roller Replacement rollers Replacement document feeder rollers Replacement document feeder input tray Replacement hard drive Replacement solid state drive Replacement fax PCA Replacement fan filter and cover for document feeder Replacement fuser entrance guide Replacement duplexer assembly Replacement output bin assembly Replacement tray assembly Replacement feeder assembly Replacement feeder assembly Replacement rollers Self replacement options Part number Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory Optional For more information go to www hp com go learnaboutsupplies ltem Enhanced I O EIO card USB cable Description HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6 IPsec Print Server HP high speed USB cable 1 8 m 6 ft 1 8 m 6 0 fi Appendix A Supplies and accessories CE248A CE734A CE735A Part number JS7961G Q6264A B Service and support e Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement e
168. es drivers and electronic www hp com support lim4555mfp software information Order additional HP service or maintenance agreements www hp com go carepack Register your product www register hp com ENWW Customer support 323 324 Appendix B Service and support ENWW C Product specifications e Physical specifications rs Power consumption electrical specifications and acoustic emissions e Environmental specitications ENWW 325 Physical specifications Table C 1 Product dimensions Product Height Depth Width Weight M4555 MFP 549 mm 21 6 in 511 mm 20 1 in 739 mm 29 1 in 52 3 kg 115 3 Ib M4555h MFP 52 5 kg 115 4 lb M4555f MFP 1010 mm 43 3 in 719 mm 28 3 in 780 mm 30 7 in 75 0 kg 166 4 b M4555fskm MFP 1010 mm 43 3 in 719 mm 28 3 in 909 mm 35 8 in 87 5 kg 192 9 b Power consumption electrical specifications and acoustic emissions See www hp com support lim4555mtp for current information N CAUTION Power requirements are based on the country region where the product is sold Do not convert operating voltages This will damage the product and void the product warranty Environmental specifications Environmental condition Recommended Allowed Temperature product and print 17 to 27 C 62 6 to 80 6 F 10 to 30 C 50 to 86 F cartridge Relative humidity 30 to 70 relative humidity RH 10 to 80 RH Altitude N A O m 0 ft to 3000 m 9842 ft 326 Appendix C Product specifications
169. ess into the address line of a Web browser 2 Click the Security tab 3 Open the Access Control menu 4 Inthe Sign In and Permission Policies area select which types of users have permission for each of the features 5 Click the Apply button Lock the formatter The formatter area on the back of the product has a slot that you can use to attach a security cable Locking the formatter prevents someone from removing valuable components from it ENWW Product security features 257 Economy settings Powersave modes Use the Sleep Schedule feature to reduce power consumption when the product is inactive You can schedule specific times of the day at which the product enters sleep mode or wakes from sleep mode You can customize this schedule for each day of the week or for holidays Use the Sleep Delay feature to cause the product to enter sleep mode automatically atter a predetined period of inactivity Ee NOTE These features do not affect product warm up time Set sleep mode 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button 2 Open each of the following menus a Display Settings b Sleep Mode 3 Select one of the following options e Use sleep delay Activates the Sleep Delay feature e Use sleep schedule Activates the Sleep Schedule feature e Balance power savings Wait time This setting controls the how long the fuser stays warm between jobs to optimize performance and energy usage Set sleep d
170. ettings in the Resets menu Open the Administration menu and then select the Resets menu Resets menu settings Restore Factory Telecom Settings or Restore Default Telecom Settings This selection resets several menu changes back to their default settings This includes the maximum baud rate ring burst off time V 34 speaker mode and transmit signal loss Firmware upgrades The firmware on the fax accessory can be updated Fax firmware updates occur as part of an overall product firmware update See the product user guide for more information ENWW Solve fax problems 245 246 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW 12 Manage and maintain e Print information pages e Use the HP Embedded Web Server e Use HP Web Jetadmin software e Product security features n Economy settings e Install external I O devices e Clean the product e Product updates ENWW 247 248 Print information pages Information pages provide details about the product and its current configuration Use the following procedure to print or view the information pages 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the Reports menu 3 Select the name of the report you want to review and then touch the Print button to print it or touch the View button to review the settings on the control panel display Ee NOTE Some pages do not have the View option First Level Configuration Status Pages Fax Reports Other Pages
171. ff Job Build on Disabled Enabled Of Low High Administration menu 3 32 Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Fax Archive and Forwarding Fax Printing Schedule Blocked Fax Numbers Default Job Options Enable Fax Archiving Chapter 2 Control panel menus Fax Receive Speed Incoming Fax Options Schedule Add plus sign Touch this to set up a fax Edit printing schedule if you selected the Use Fax Printing Schedule option Fax Number to Block Notification Stamp Received Faxes Fit to Page Paper Selection Output Bin Sides Type of Fax Job to Archive Fast Medium Slow Always store faxes Always print faxes Use Fax Printing Schedule Print incoming faxes Store incoming faxes Event Time Event Days Do not notify Notify when job completes Notify only if job fails Include Thumbnail Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Automatic Select from a list of the trays Select from a list of the bins l sided 2 sided Send and receive Send only Receive only Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Fax Archiving E mail Address Enable Fax Forwarding Type of Fax Job to Send and receive Forward Send only Receive only Fax Forwarding Number Clear fax activity log Open from USB Settings menu To display At t
172. from USB Settings menu control panel 33 opening printer drivers Windows 121 operating environment specifications 326 operating systems supported 48 optimize copy images 159 ordering part numbers for 313 supplies and accessories 312 orientation paper while loading 92 selecting Windows 131 other links list HP Embedded Web Server 254 output area jams 27 77 output bin capacity 90 jams 281 locating 6 output bins capacity 91 contiguring 101 selecting Windows 144 P page sizes scaling documents to fit Windows 140 pages per sheet selecting Windows 130 paper covers using different paper 138 custom size Macintosh settings 68 first and last pages using different paper 138 first page 68 jams 273 load 94 loading orientation 92 pages per sheet 69 printing on preprinted letterhead or forms Windows 133 selecting 297 paper pickup problems solving 273 paper size changing 85 paper sizes selecting 127 selecting custom 127 supported 86 paper tray selection 217 paper types changing 85 selecting 127 supported 89 paper ordering 312 Index 349 paper special printing Windows 135 part numbers maintenance kits 313 print cartridges 313 supplies 313 pause when dialing 220 PBX systems troubleshooting 237 PCL drivers universal 51 PCL Font List description 248 phone lines troubleshooting 237 photos copying 166 photos low quality 220 polling 214 portrait orientation selecting Windo
173. fter the driver is selected ccccecccccseeeeccccceeeeeeee sss eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaas 310 You are using a generic printer driver when using a USB connection 0seeeeeeeeees 310 Appendix A Supplies and accessories cccccccccssssscscscscscscsccscscscscccscccscscsscscscscscscscseces 311 Order parts accessories and supplies ccccceccccceecceceseeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeeeaees 312 Ea at NN argc ect cts enct cnr cape EE EE ES E EIE EE 313 PCC CSS OUISS E A ETEA E A A EEE T 313 ENWW XV Customer self repair oO lists ccnnsensssacancnetvoceavnoeoncnesecsneeriacecdnacecasenieeeceneesneneeearneacad 313 oc mel aol Moid lt nee eee re Rn Pn 314 Appendix B Service and support ssesseesosseesoessesoeoocooecoessesoessessessessossossossoesoesossossosssesoe 315 Hewlett Packard limited warranty statement cccccccceeeeccceeseeeceeseeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeas 316 HP s Premium Protection Warranty LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement 64 317 Data stored on Me print Carnridge sseimesiisremcnnesdiiesiiiise inesi p aenieiai E a eaei e niesi 318 Biel User license Agreement ceenactcseqnetnanantthacioneted Stananemanaeeseaiey pacaceen andes acaseenegtataacematensactcat 319 ST sre csc cee chin oe A E ese te etry tetas covets A A EE AE E E A 321 Customer self repair warranty service ccccccceeecccccecseseeccceeeeeaseeee
174. full Delete some files from the disk see the product user guide for information about managing the disk Wrong Page Content mode setting Try setting the Optimize Text Picture option to Photograph Cancellation takes place after making a Cancel faxes using the fax menu selection in the cancellation menu displayed after pressing red Stop button and acknowledging with OK The fax address book feature has not Use the HP MFP Digital Sending been enabled Software Configuration utility to enable the fax address book feature ENWW Solve fax problems 235 Problem Cause Solution Not able to locate the Fax settings in Fax settings in HP Web Jetadmin are Select Digital Sending and Fax from HP Web Jetadmin located under the device s status page the drop down menu drop down menu The header is being appended to the The fax will append the overlay header This is normal operation top of the page when have overlay to the top of a page when overlay is set enabled when the fax has been forwarded Have a mix of names and numbers in This is normal for both names and Normal no action required the recipients box numbers to appear depending on where they are from the fax address book lists names and all other databases list numbers My one page fax prints as two pages The fax header is being appended to If you want your one page fax to print the top of the fax pushing text to a on one page set the overlay header
175. g systems e MacOS X 10 5 10 6 and later Ey NOTE For Mac OS X 10 5 and later Intel Core Processor Macs are supported The Mac printer driver can be installed from the software installation CD that came with the product If the CD is unavailable the Mac printer driver and installation CD can be downloaded from the Web Supported printer drivers for Mac The HP LaserJet software installer provides PostScript Printer Description PPD files Printer Dialog Extensions PDEs and the HP Utility for use with Mac OS X computers The HP printer PPD and PDE files in combination with the built in Apple PostScript printer drivers provide full printing functionality and access to specitic HP printer features Install software for Mac operating systems Install software for Mac computers connected directly to the product This product supports a USB 2 0 connection Use an A to B type USB cable HP recommends using a cable that is no longer than 2 m 6 5 ft 1 Install the software from the CD Click the product icon and follow the onscreen instructions 2 3 Click the Close button 4 When the software prompts you connect the USB cable to the product and the computer 60 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW 5 6 To configure the product software to recognize the installed accessories complete these steps Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 1 4 5 From the Apple menu f click the System Preferences menu and then
176. gistration shield use the green lever to raise the shield and then clear the jam by gently pulling the paper straight out 3 Lower the shield reinstall the print cartridge and then close the top cover ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 295 Change jam recovery This product provides a jam recovery feature that reprints jammed pages 1 From the Home screen touch the Administration button 2 Open the General Settings menu and then open the Jam Recovery menu 3 Select one of the following options e Auio The product attempts to reprint jammed pages when sufficient memory is available This is the default setting e Off The product does not attempt to reprint jammed pages Because no memory is used to store the most recent pages performance is optimal NOTE When using this option if the product runs out of paper and the job is being printed on both sides some pages can be lost e On The product always reprints jammed pages Additional memory is allocated to store the last few pages printed This might cause overall performance to suffer 296 Chapter 13 Solve problems HP LaserJet M4555 MFP TY Ready Copies og Job Status Supplies Check on active and completed jobs Check on cartridges and other supplies Trays em Eae EEEa t ge Check on paper trays Set up and configure device options j for this unit Dec 10 2010 4 07 21 PM
177. gs 201 Enable PC fax send Use the PC fax send feature to send faxes from a PC This feature is enabled by default If this feature is disabled use the following steps to enable Ey NOTE The PC fax send driver must be installed on the computer from where the faxes will be sent 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the PC Fax Send box 4 Touch the Save button Fax header Use the fax header feature to control whether the header is appended to the top and content is shifted down or if the header is overlaid on top of the fax image 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e General Fax Send Settings 3 Touch the Prepend default or Overlay option in the Fax Header section to orientate the fax header 4 Touch the Save button Set the JBIG compression mode Enabling JBIG compression can reduce phone call charges by reducing fax transmission time and is therefore the preferred setting However JBIG might cause compatibility problems when communicating with some older fax machines in which case you might need to disable it Ee NOTE JBIG compression only works when both the sending and receiving machines have JBIG compression 202 Chapter 11 Fax
178. guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper Adjust the guides so they are touching the paper stack without bending it Check the product control panel to see if the product is waiting for you to acknowledge a prompt to feed the paper manually Load paper and continue The product picks up multiple sheets of paper If the product picks up multiple sheets of paper from the tray try these solutions 1 Remove the stack of paper from the tray and flex it rotate it 180 degrees and flip it over Do not fan the paper Return the stack of paper to the tray Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this product Use paper that is not wrinkled folded or damaged If necessary use paper from a different package Make sure the tray is not overfilled If it is remove the entire stack of paper from the tray straighten the stack and then return some of the paper to the tray Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper Adjust the guides so they are touching the paper stack without bending it Prevent paper jams ENWW To reduce the number of paper jams try these solutions 1 2 Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this product Use paper that is not wrinkled folded or damaged If necessary use paper from a different package Use paper that has not previously been printed or copied on Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 273 4 Make sur
179. guration Page description 248 configurations models 2 contiguring IP address 61 76 connection USB with Mac 60 USB with Windows 74 connectivity solving problems 306 control panel Administration menu 20 Backup Restore menu 45 Calibrate Cleaning menu 45 cleaning page printing 263 Copy Settings menu 24 Display Settings menu 35 Fax Settings menu 29 General Settings menu 21 help 13 Home screen 14 locating 6 Manage Supplies menu 37 Manage Trays menu 37 menus summary 18 messages numerical list 115 messages types of 272 Network Settings menu 39 Open from USB Settings menu 33 Print Options menu 34 Index 345 Print Settings menu 33 Reports menu 20 Scan Digital Send Settings menu 27 security 257 Service menu 46 settings 52 64 Stapler Stacker Settings menu 38 touchscreen buttons 16 Troubleshooting menu 42 USB Firmware Upgrade menu 46 controlling print jobs 100 conventions document iii copies changing number of Windows 122 copy adjust lightness darkness 161 books 165 cancel 157 collate 158 creating a stored job 167 enlarge 157 from document feeder 156 from glass 156 improve quality 159 Job Build 171 Job Mode 171 mixed sizes 168 multiple originals 171 optimize for text or pictures 159 photos 166 reduce 157 restoring default settings 164 set options 163 special paper 163 two sided documents 169 copy settings HP Embedded Web Server 251 Copy Settings menu control panel 24 copying quality
180. hapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Ee NOTE If you are using a draft or EconoMode print setting the printing might appear light HP does not recommend the full time use of EconoMode If EconoMode is used full time the toner supply might outlast the mechanical parts in the print cartridge If print quality begins to degrade and is no longer acceptable consider replacing the print cartridge It you determine that you need to replace the print cartridge print the supplies status page to find the part number for the correct genuine HP print cartridge Type of print cartridge Steps to resolve the problem Refilled or remanufactured print Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non HP supplies either cartridge new or remanufactured Because they are not HP products HP cannot influence their design or control their quality If you are using a refilled or remanufactured print cartridge and are not satisfied with the print quality replace the cartridge with a genuine HP cartridge Genuine HP print cartridge 1 The product control panel or the supplies status page indicates Very Low status when the cartridge has reached the end of its estimated useful life Replace the print cartridge if print quality is no longer acceptable 2 Visually inspect the print cartridge for damage See the instructions that follow Replace the print cartridge if necessary 3 If printed pages have marks that repeat several times at the same distance apart
181. he Enable Save to USB check box c Click the Apply button at the bottom of the page ENWW Set up scan send features 175 Use scan send functions Sign in Some features on the product control panel can be secured so that unauthorized people cannot use them When a feature is secured the product prompts you to sign in before you can use it You can also sign in without waiting for a prompt by touching the Sign In button on the Home screen Typically you use the same user name and password that you use to sign in to your computer on the network Consult the network administrator for this product if you have questions about which credentials to use Atter you have signed in to the product a Sign Out button appears on the control panel To maintain security for the product touch the Sign Out button when you have finished using the product Change default scan send settings from the product control panel 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the HP LaserJet M4555 MFP copies i Ready Administration button Status Supplies Check on cartridges and other supplies Administration Set up and configure device options for this unit Dec 10 2010 4 07 2 2 Open the Scan Digital Send Settings menu Administration Ready Administration Select a Menu Item Administration E Reports The Administration menu contains features to set up or customize the product for your work environment The Init
182. he File Name text field and select the file type from the File Type drop down list 5 To configure settings for the document touch the More Options button 6 Touch the Start button to save the file ENWW Create a stored copy job 167 Copy mixed size originals You can copy original documents that are printed on different sizes of paper as long as the sheets of paper have one common dimension For example you could combine Letter and Legal sizes 1 Arrange the sheets in the original document so they all have the same width 2 Place the sheets face up into the document feeder and adjust both paper guides against the document 3 On the control panel touch the Copy button 4 Touch the Original Size button Ee NOTE If this option is not on the first screen touch the More Options button until the option displays 5 Select the Mixed Letter Lega l button and then touch the OK button 6 Touch the Start button 168 Chapter9 Copy ENWW Copy on both sides duplex 1 Load the original documents into the document feeder with the first page facing up and with the top of the page leading 2 On the control panel touch the Copy button Make copies from an original Access preset job options for d document d commonly used jobs Send a document as an attachment d to an e mail Send a document to one or more J fax numbers Dec 10 2010 4 05 58 PM 3
183. he Initial Setup menu 18 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW ENWW Table 2 1 Menus on the Home screen continued Menu Save to Device Memory Open from Device Memory Quick Sets Job Status Trays Supplies Administration Device Maintenance Description Use this menu to scan documents and save them to the hard disk in the product Several options are available for customizing jobs These settings are temporary After you have finished the job the product returns to the default settings Use this menu to open and print a document stored on the product hard drive Use this menu to access preset job options for jobs that you scan and send by fax or e mail or jobs that you scan and save to a USB flash drive the product hard disk or to a folder on the network Set up Quick Sets by using the HP Embedded Web Server or HP Web Jetadmin Use this menu to see the status of all active jobs Use this menu to see the current status of each tray You can also use this menu to configure the paper size and type settings for each tray Use this menu to see the current status of product supplies such as the print cartridge Information about ordering new supplies is also available Use this menu to print reports and configure default settings for the product The Administration menu has several sub menus See the sections that follow for details about these menus Use this menu to calibrate and clean the product and to back
184. he control panel for adding third party solutions includes a USB port This model has the same features as the M4555 MFP model with the following differences Product basics HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disk Drive on the formatter PCA instead of the solid state hard drive ENWW M4555f MFP CE503A This model has the same features as the M4555 MFP model with the following differences M4555fskm MFP CE504A ENWW This model has the same features as the M4555 MFP model with the following differences e HP 1 x 500 sheet feeder Tray 3 with cabinet increases the total input capacity to 1100 pages e Analog faxing with the built in HP Analog Fax Accessory 500 e HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disk Drive on the formatter PCA e HP 3 x 500 sheet feeder Trays 3 4 and 5 with stand increases the total input capacity to 2100 pages e HP Stapling Mailbox that holds up to 900 sheets replaces the 500 sheet output bin e Analog faxing with the built in HP Analog Fax Accessory 500 e HP Encrypted High Performance Hard Disk Drive on the formatter PCA Product comparison Environmental features Duplex Save paper by using duplex printing as your default print setting Print multiple pages per sheet Save paper by printing two or more pages of a document side by side on one sheet of paper Access this feature through the printer driver Recycling Reduce waste by using recycle
185. he list and then touch the Reset button ENWW Restore factory settings 271 Interpret control panel messages Control panel message types Four types of control panel messages can indicate the status of or problems with the product Message type Description Status messages Status messages reflect the current state of the product They inform you of normal product operation and require no interaction to clear them They change as the state of the product changes Whenever the product is ready not busy and has no pending warning messages the Ready status message appears if the product is online Warning messages Warning messages inform you of data and print errors These messages typically alternate with the Ready or status messages and remain until you touch the OK button Some warning messages are clearable If the Clearable Warnings menu in the Display Settings menu is set to the Job option the next print job clears these messages Error messages Error messages communicate that some action must be performed such as adding paper or clearing a jam Some error messages are auto continuable If the Continuable Events menu in the Display Settings menu is set to the Auto Continue option the product continues normal operation after an auto continuable error message appears for 10 seconds NOTE Pressing any button during the 10 second auto continuable error message overrides the auto continue feature and the button function takes pr
186. he paper type setting is not correct for the type of paper you are using change the setting to the correct paper type 3 If your computer is connected to a wireless network low signal quality or interference might be delaying print jobs ENWW The product does not print or it prints slowly 303 Solve walk up USB printing problems The Open trom USB menu does not open when you insert the USB accessory The file does not print from the USB storage accessory The file that you want to print is not listed in the Open from USB menu The Open from USB menu does not open when you insert the USB accessory 1 You might be using a USB storage accessory or a file system that this product does not support Save the files on a standard USB storage accessory that uses File Allocation Table FAT tile systems The product supports FAT12 FAT16 and FAT32 USB storage accessories If another menu is already open close that menu and then reinsert the USB storage accessory The USB storage accessory might have multiple partitions Some USB storage accessory manutacturers install software on the accessory that creates partitions similar to a CD Reformat the USB storage accessory to remove the partitions or use a different USB storage accessory The USB storage accessory might require more power than the product can provide a Remove the USB storage accessory b Turn the product off and then on c Use a USB storage accessory that has its own powe
187. he product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Open trom USB Settings menu This menu has only one setting Use this menu to enable or disable the product s ability to print files from memory devices that are connected to the control panel USB port Print Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Print Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 7 Print Settings menu First level Second level Values Manual Feed Enabled Disabled Courier Font Regular Dark Wide A4 Enabled Disabled Print PS Errors Enabled Disabled Print PDF Errors Enabled Disabled ENWW Administration menu 33 Table 2 7 Print Settings menu continued First level Second level Personality PCL Form Length Orientation Font Source Font Number Font Pitch Font Point Size Symbol Set Append CR to LF Suppress Blank Pages Media Source Mapping Values Auto PCL POSTSCRIPT PDF Range 5 128 Default 60 Portrait Landscape Internal Card slot 1 Card slot lt X gt EIO lt X gt disk USB Range 0 999 Default O Range 0 44 99 99 Default 10 Range 4 00 999 75 Default 12 00 Select from a list of symbol sets No Yes No Yes Standard Classic Print Options menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration m
188. hows an image of the current screen on the control panel display Table 12 2 HP Embedded Web Server General tab continued Menu Description Edit Other Links Add or customize a link to another Web site This link appears in the Other Links area on all HP Embedded Web Server pages Ordering Information Enter specific supplies ordering information to be displayed on the Supplies Status Page For example this information could include the contact information or Web URL for the company from which you purchase supplies Device Information Name the product and assign an asset number to it Enter the name of the primary contact who will receive information about the product Language Set the language in which to display the HP Embedded Web Server information Date and Time Set the date and time or synchronize with a network time server Sleep Schedule Set or edit a wake time sleep time and sleep delay for the product You can set a different schedule for each day of the week and for holidays Backup and Restore Create a backup file that contains product and user data If necessary you can use this file to restore data to the product Restore Factory Settings Restore the product settings to the original factory set default settings Solution Installer Install third party software programs that can enhance the product functionality Firmware upgrade Download and install product firmware upgrade files Quota and Statistics Services Connecti
189. ial Setup selection can be E Copy Settings used to set up the product or enable features such as networking fax or e El Scan Digital Send Settings mail Use the Default Job Options ad 3 Select the category of scan and send settings J a that you want to configure EJ General Settings me MD scan Digital Send Settings Ei E mail Settings Use the Scan Digital Send Settings Vad menu to configure settings that apply to E Save to Network Folder Settings sending documents through e mail or saving documents to a folder on the network or on E Save To USB Settings a USB flash drive tae Digital Send Service Setup ae 4 Open the Default Job Options menu and oe Administration P p Ready configure the options Touch the OK button to save the settings a gt Scan Digital Send Settings gt Save to Network Folder Settings gt Default Job Options Default Job Options Image Preview Use these menus to define the default job options for each function If you do Default File Name not specify the job options when creating the job the default options Document File Type are used For complete setup go to the embedded Web server by typing Optimize Text Picture the network address of the product inta a Wink heawear 176 Chapter 10 Scan and send documents ENWW Send a scanned document Send a scanned document to a network folder The product can scan a file and
190. ials number of the list to be deleted 4 Touch the Delete button 5 Touch the Yes button to confirm the deletion of the speed dial list and to return to the Fax screen Fax gt Speed Dials Speed Dial Name Speed Dial Code 22 TD D A Fax Numbers Speed Dial 5555555555 C 5595555555 a D C ETD CE Speed Dial Name Speed Dial Code Saadia CDQ Fax Numbers Speed Dial 5555555555 A 5555555555 OOOH Cancel j ja Do you want to delete the selected speed dial Delete a single number from the speed dial list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Fax button 2 Touch the Speed Dials button to display the Speed Dial screen 3 Touch the Speed Dial number of the list to open the keyboard 228 Chapter 11 Fax Ap HP LaserJet M4555 MFP Copies Ready Quick Set Copy Access preset job options for i P Make copies from an original commonly used jobs i document Fax E mail p Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment fax numbers to an e mail Mi EOG Dec 10 2010 4 05 58 P SRE ae st Fax Recipients Speed Dial Code Delete Details More Options Fax gt Speed Dials Speed Dial 5555555555 gt eee lt Speed Dial Name Speed Dial Code Speed Dial ae D A Fax Numbers Speed Dial 5555555555 5995555555
191. ication when printed Windows 151 security 257 setting user names Windows 151 specifying names Windows 151 storing print cartridges storing jobs permanent copies Windows 150 permanent private copies Windows 151 107 Index proof and hold Windows 149 setting options Windows 149 temporary copies Windows 150 temporary private jobs Windows 150 with Windows 147 subnet mask 80 supplies counterfeit 107 memory errors non HP 107 ordering 312 part numbers 313 recycling 107 330 replacing 108 status viewing with HP Utility 65 supplies status page description 248 printing 115 support online 323 supported paper 86 system requirements HP Embedded Web Server 249 115 T T 30 Trace report 245 Taiwan EMI statement TCP IP manually configuring IPv4 parameters 80 manually configuring IPv6 parameters 81 technical support online 323 temperature requirements tips iii tone dialing setting 197 toner cartridges See print cartridges transparencies printing Windows Tray capacity 90 jams 284 339 326 135 Tray 2 capacity 90 Tray 3 4 and 5 capacity 90 trays capacity 90 configure 99 included 2 jams 288 load 90 locating 6 Macintosh settings 65 paper orientation 92 selecting Windows troubleshooting control panel messages 272 direct connect problems 306 error messages numerical list 115 jams 273 Mac problems network problems paper feed problems PBX systems 237 re
192. ider having a replacement fuser kit available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable You do not need to replace the fuser kit at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable The fuser kit is very low The actual supply life remaining might vary You do not need to replace the fuser kit at this time unless print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached the very low threshold the HP premium protection warranty for that supply has ended The fuser is not compatible with this product Print cartridges or other supply items are installed that were not designed for this product The product cannot print with these supplies installed The product indicates when a supply level is at its estimated end of life The actual life remaining might be different than the estimation Have a replacement supply available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable The supply does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer acceptable After an HP supply has reached its approximated end of life HP s premium Protection Warranty on that supply ends The product indicates when the fuser kit is at its estimated end of life The actual life remaining might be different than the estimation Have a replacement fuser kit available to install when print quality is no longer acceptable The fuser kit does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer accep
193. idge the page coverage the printing modes used any printing errors that might have occurred and the product model This information helps HP design future products to meet our customers printing needs The data collected from the print cartridge memory chip does not contain information that can be used to identify a customer or user of the print cartridge or their product HP collects a sampling of the memory chips from print cartridges returned to HP s free return and recycling program HP Planet Partners www hp com recycle The memory chips from this sampling are read and studied in order to improve future HP products HP partners who assist in recycling this print cartridge might have access to this data as well Any third party possessing the print cartridge might have access to the anonymous information on the memory chip If you prefer to not allow access to this information you can render the chip inoperable However after you render the memory chip inoperable the memory chip cannot be used in an HP product Appendix B Service and support ENWW End User License Agreement ENWW PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT This End User License Agreement EULA is a contract between a you either an individual or the entity you represent and b Hewlett Packard Company HP that governs your use of the software product Software This EULA does not apply if there is a separate license agreemen
194. iesegecine n e e a i 46 DS VTS MIN ST E E E EE T E A N toes O N ET 46 3 Software FOr WIRGOWS iss cscrrsscxiancesanssverpsarccoraaesmnmascsverseesesansenscansncnsescesaseastssarganaapesnavasnns 47 Supported operating systems for Windows ccccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesssaaeeseeeeeeeeees 48 Supported printer drivers for Windows ccccsccccccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaas 49 Select the correct printer driver for Windows ccccccccceeseecceceeseeeeeeeecesseeesceeseeseeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeeeeaas 50 HP Universal Print Driver UPD eeeeeeeeesississiseirsrrerrsrrrsrrssrssiesiretretretreeiesresererrerreses 51 UPD instalation WHOS ceietiasedesroctersatvscnesesineiooageeaseearrocesinetsrraces obeseneyacosaeetete 51 PIO GIN ror phoi seling srreirr e raan E E E E E A 52 Change printer driver settings for Windows 0ccccccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeassaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 53 Change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed 0000008 53 Change the default settings for all print jobs ccccccccccccceeesseeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeseesaeeees 53 Change the product configuration settings cccccccceeseeesececeeeeeeeesaseeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeee sees 53 Remove software for Windows ssssnusssssssssinnnsssssssinresrsssrrrrrrssrrtrrrrrssssrrrererssssrrrerresssrrrerrrss 55 Supported utilities for Vin COWS ecsccncnsaccsessa
195. il Quick Sets jobs e Default message settings such as the From address and the subject line e _ Settings for digital signatures and encryption e Settings for e mail notifications e Settings for individual and group sign in and permissions e Default scan settings for e mail jobs e Default file settings for e mail jobs Save to Network Folder Setup Configure the network folder settings for digital sending including the following e Default settings for Quick Sets jobs saved in a network folder e Settings for notifications e Default scan settings for jobs saved in a network folder e Default file settings for jobs saved in a network folder Save to USB Setup Configure the USB settings for digital sending including the following e Default settings for Quick Sets jobs saved on a USB flash drive e Settings for notifications e Default scan settings for jobs saved on a USB flash drive e Default file settings for jobs saved on a USB flash drive OXPd Workflow Use third party workflow tools Digital Sending Software Setup Configure settings related to using optional Digital Sending software 252 Chapter 12 Manage and maintain ENWW Fax tab fskm models only Table 12 5 HP Embedded Web Server Fax tab Menu Description Fax Send Setup Configure settings for sending faxes including the following e Default settings for outgoing faxes e Default setting for sending faxes with the internal fax modem e Settings for using a LAN fax service e Set
196. ing faxes ceeeccceeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 215 Sero DOGE raea a a ee 215 Set the paper selection xisca secudnonshcensaenenaseacateadeata dea tau dnacndeaad 216 Det ME OUPO Dil serna saa E T E E N 216 SERE SE a E E 217 Serihe paper Nay 2451256 a atenbsudhaadutecoeaeose aataao ek 217 Enable TAX torwarding erene ara T N EA 218 U NI E EAA AE AE A AE EA oad eet E AA AE E E AE A E EE 219 Fax tealure Serec h msna coe sett ase a a saad ee ehaletesdoel 219 Status ISS SIG Se OIT or a R E E TEO ANE 220 S e ole o gt EE EEE EA EE A AE A A NN E ETTE er E E EEE 220 Send a fax by entering numbers manually cccccccceeeessseeeeeeeeeeeseeeenees 221 Send a fax using speed dial arce uicereciceech st aaedeteesowSaadonteeeen dno 222 Search a speed dial list by name ccccceccccceeeeeccceeseeeceeeusaeseeeeaaeeeeseaaees 222 Enable speed diat MGICHING cessi A 223 Send a fax by using fax address book numbers cseeececeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaes 224 FOX adaress DOOK SCORE seca casera oss neat E A A 224 Cane la op eee eee ae eee eM Pere NRC CPE ATO SR ie Cerne ene Serene One rere nee Seer eee 224 Cancel the current fax transmission ccccccceesssseeeeeccceeeeeeeeesssseeeeseseeeeeeess 224 Cancel pending TOMES ssusfa entree sasat oti T TRA 225 REGS VS Taxe sen eds dah acct a a tnoct 225 Create or delete speed dial lists 0 0 0 ccccccccecccccccececeesseeeceesseeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeaeeeeeegas 225 reale SOCEC CN listers ennn e A T
197. ings Detault Job Options Paper Selection 3 Touch one of the following options Automatic default Tray Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 4 Touch the Save button Set the output bin 216 Use the output bin feature to set which output bin to use for outputting the fax 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus Chapter 11 Fax Settings Fax Receive Settings Default Job Options Output Bin Fax ENWW 3 Touch the bin to use for your received faxes 4 Touch the Save button Set the sides Use the sides feature to specify 1 side or 2 sided output for faxes 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Sides 3 Touch one of the following options e l sided default e 2 sided 4 Touch the Save button Set the paper tray The paper tray setting selects the product paper tray to pull paper from for printing faxes 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Paper Selection 3 Touch the name of the tray to use for received faxes 4 Touch the Save button to save the paper tray selection value ENWW Set fax settings 217 Enable fax forwarding 218 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Admi
198. inisanostasaatededsessadewoseadees 127 Select the page size with Windows Se ieicand tosiesSanteb om caseast asheesusGendaedaeets 127 Select a custom page size with Windows ccccceseeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeaas 127 Select the paper type with Windows cccccccccesecceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeueeeseaeeeeeanes 127 Select the paper tray with Windows cccccsecccesseeeceesseeceeseeeeceeaeeeeeeanees 127 Print on both sides duplex with Windows c ccccccesseeccesseeeeeecueeseeseeeeeessaeeeeene ness 128 Print on 10 x 15 cm 4 x 6 in paper with Windows cccscccceseeceeseeceeaeeceeueeeeeneees 129 Print multiple pages per sheet with Windows s5s6 4 02 coded canensdeesinhansds Sacto nied acdadweaendas 130 Select page orientation with Windows c ccsccccceseeeeceeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesaeeeeeesaeneeeeegas 131 Additional print tasks with Windows sss sssssusssssnssinnsssressssrrsssrssssrrerssrrnssrersrrrrrsssresssrrsserres 133 Print on preprinted letterhead or forms with Windows cccssscccceeeeeseeeeseeeeseeuaeeeeeas 133 Print on special paper labels or transparencies ccccseeccceeecceeeseeceeseeeeceseeeeeeueeees 135 Print the first or last page on different paper with Windows ccccceeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeees 138 Scale a document to fit page size with Windows cccccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeesaaeees 140 Add a watermark to a document with Windows ccccccseeceeeeseeeeeeeeaes
199. inting including printing faxes and prompt you to replace the print cartridge You can acknowledge the prompt and continue printing When the product is set to the Stop option there is some risk that faxes will not print after the new cartridge is installed if your product has received more faxes than the memory can hold while stopped When the product is set to the Prompt to continue option there is some risk that faxes will not print after the new cartridge is installed if your product has received more faxes than the memory can hold while the product is waiting for the prompt to be acknowledged 106 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Once an HP supply has reached very low HP s premium Protection Warranty on that supply has ended All print defects or cartridge failures incurred when an HP supply is used when the Very Low Settings item is set to the Continue mode will not be considered to be defects in materials or workmanship in the supply under the HP Print Cartridge Warranty Statement Store and recycle supplies Recycle supplies To recycle a genuine HP print cartridge place the used cartridge in the box in which the new cartridge arrived Use the enclosed return label to send the used supply to HP for recycling For complete information see the recycling guide that is included with each new HP supply item or go to www hp com recycle Print cartridge storage Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are read
200. ire assistance from HP to solve problems ENWW Use the HP Embedded Web Server 253 Security tab Table 12 7 HP Embedded Web Server Security tab Menu Description General Security Configure an administrator password so you can restrict access to certain features on the product Enable or disable the Host USB port on the control panel or the USB connectivity port on the formatter for printing directly from a computer Access Control Configure access to product functions for specific individuals or groups Also select the method by which individuals sign in to the product Protect Stored Data Configure and manage the internal hard drive for the product This product includes an encrypted hard drive for maximum security Configure settings for jobs that are stored on the product hard drive Certificate Management Install and manage security certificates for access to the product and the network Self Test Run data and code integrity tests to verity that product security features are operating correctly HP Web Services tab Use the HP Web Services tab to change ePrint or SIPS settings for the product when it is connected to a network Networking tab Use the Networking tab to change network settings for the product when it is connected to an IP based network This tab does not appear if the product is connected to other types of networks Other Links list NOTE You can configure which items appear in the Other Lin
201. ired to use the fax feature If the settings are not configured the fax feature is disabled The first time the product is turned on with a fax accessory installed access the fax setup wizard by following these steps 1 2 3 4 From the Home screen touch the Initial Setup button Touch the Fax Setup Wizard menu Follow the steps in the Fax Setup Wizard to configure the required settings When the Fax Setup Wizard finishes the option to hide the Initial Setup button appears on the Home screen Set fax settings 195 Access the Fax Setup Wizard after initial setup through the control panel by following these steps 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Setup Wizard Follow these steps to configure the required fax settings using the Fax Setup Wizard 1 Touch your country region on the first screen of the Fax Setup Wizard and then touch the Next button Touch the date and time boxes to enter the date time and then touch the Next button Touch the Company Name and Fax Number boxes to enter your company name and fax number and then touch the Next button Touch the Dialing Pretix box to enter your dialing prefix if required and then touch the Next button Confirm your fax configuration settings on the final screen of the Fax Setup Wizard Touch the Finish button to complete the Fax Setup
202. k router hub or switch is turned on and that it is working correctly 4 Install the HP software from the CD that came with the product Using generic printer drivers can cause delays clearing jobs from the print queue 5 From the list of printers on your computer right click the name of this product click Properties and open the Ports tab o If you are using a network cable to connect to the network make sure the printer name listed on the Ports tab matches the product name on the product contiguration page o f you are using a USB cable and are connecting to a wireless network make sure the box is checked next to Virtual printer port for USB 6 If you are using a personal firewall system on the computer it might be blocking communication with the product Try temporarily disabling the firewall to see if it is the source of the problem 7 If your computer or the product is connected to a wireless network low signal quality or interterence might be delaying print jobs 302 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW The product prints slowly It the product prints but it seems slow try the following solutions 1 Make sure the computer meets the minimum specifications for this product For a list of specifications go to this Web site www hp com support im4555mip 2 When you configure the product to print on some paper types such as heavy paper the product prints more slowly so it can correctly fuse the toner to the paper If t
203. k up rates Or you can drop off your packaged print cartridge s at any U S Post Oftice or any FedEx shipping center or store For the location of your nearest U S Post Office please call 1 800 ASK USPS or visit www usps com For the location of your nearest FedEx shipping center store please call 1 800 GOFEDEX or visit www tedex com For more information or to order additional labels or boxes for bulk returns visit www hp com recycle or call 1 800 340 2445 Information subject to change without notice Residents of Alaska and Hawaii Do not use the UPS label Call 1 800 340 2445 for information and instructions The U S Postal Service provides no cost cartridge return transportation services under an arrangement with HP for Alaska and Hawaii Non U S returns To participate in HP Planet Partners return and recycling program just follow the simple directions in the recycling guide found inside the packaging of your new product supply item or visit www hp com recycle Select your country region for information on how to return your HP LaserJet printing supplies This product is capable of using recycled papers when the paper meets the guidelines outlined in the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide This product is suitable for the use of recycled paper according to EN12281 2002 Material restrictions This HP product does not contain added mercury This HP product contains a battery that might require special handling at
204. ks list by using the Edit Other Links menu on the Generali tab The following items are the default links Table 12 8 HP Embedded Web Server Other Links list Menu Description HP Instant Support Connects you to the HP Web site to help you find solutions to product problems Shop for Supplies Connects to the HP SureSupply Web site where you can receive information on options for purchasing original HP supplies such as print cartridges and paper Product Support Connects to the support site for the product from which you can search for help regarding various topics Show Me How Connects to information that demonstrates specific tasks for the product such as clearing jams and printing on various types of paper 254 Chapter 12 Manage and maintain ENWW Use HP Web Jetadmin software HP Web Jetadmin is a Web based software solution for remotely installing monitoring and troubleshooting network connected peripherals Management is proactive allowing network administrators the ability to resolve issues before users are affected Download this free enhanced management software at www hp com go webjetadmin Device plug ins can be installed into HP Web Jetadmin to provide support for specific product features The HP Web Jetadmin software can automatically notify you when new plug ins are available On the Product Update page follow the directions to automatically connect to the HP Web site and install the latest device plug ins for
205. l charge under the type of warranty service designated for your product Based on availability and where geography permits CSR parts will be shipped for next business day delivery Same day or four hour delivery may be offered at an additional charge where geography permits If assistance is required you can call the HP Technical Support Center and a technician will help you over the phone HP specities in the materials shipped with a replacement CSR part whether a defective part must be returned to HP In cases where it is required to return the defective part to HP you must ship the defective part back to HP within a defined period of time normally five 5 business days The detective part must be returned with the associated documentation in the provided shipping material Failure to return the defective part may result in HP billing you for the replacement With a customer self repair HP will pay all shipping and part return costs and determine the courier carrier to be used 322 Appendix B Service and support ENWW Customer support Get telephone support for your country region Country region phone numbers are on the flyer that was in the box with your product or at www hp com support Have the product name serial number date of purchase and problem description ready Get 24 hour Internet support www hp com support lim4555mitp Get support for products used with a Macintosh computer www hp com go macosx Download software utiliti
206. lass A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Boise Idaho USA October 8 2010 For regulatory topics only European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard GmbH Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Stra e 140 D 71034 B blingen FAX 49 703 1 14 3143 www hp eu certificates USA Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise Idaho 83707 0015 Phone 208 396 6000 ENWW Declaration of conformity 335 Declaration of conformity fax models Declaration of conformity according to ISO IEC 17050 1 and EN 17050 1 Manufacturer s Name Hewlett Packard Company DoC BOISB 0904 01 rel 1 0 Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP LaserJet Enterprise M4555f MFP HP LaserJet Enterprise M4555fskm MFP Regulatory Model Number BOISB 0904 01 Including CE734A 1x500 sheet input tray with integrated stand CE735A 3x500 sheet input tray with integrated stand CE736A Stapling mailbox BOISB 0703 00 Fax Module Product Options ALL Print Cartridges CE390A CE390X conforms to the following Product Specifications SAFETY IEC 60950 1 2005 EN60950 1 2006 A11 IEC 60825 1 2007 EN 60825 1 2007 Class 1 Laser LED Product IEC 62311 2007 EN62311 2008 GB4943 200
207. le menu click the Print option 2 Select the driver 3 In the Presets menu select the printing preset Ee NOTE To use printer driver default settings select the standard option Resize documents or print on a custom paper size with Mac Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 1 On the File menu click the Print option Use one of these methods 2 Click the Page Setup button 3 Select the product and then select the correct settings for the Paper Size and Orientation options 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Open the Paper Handling menu 3 In the Destination Paper Size area click the Seale to fit paper size box and then select the size from the drop down list Print a cover page with Mac 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Select the driver 3 Open the Cover Page menu and then select where to print the cover page Click either the Before Document button or the After Document button 4 Inthe Cover Page Type menu select the message that you want to print on the cover page EY NOTE To print a blank cover page select the standard option from the Cover Page Type menu Use watermarks with Mac 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Open the Watermarks menu 3 From the Mode menu select the type of watermark to use Select the Watermark option to print a semi transparent message Select the Overlay option to print a message that is not transparent 4 From the Pages menu select
208. lip style original Book style copy None Top left Top right Off On Collate on Sets in page order Collate off Pages grouped Table 2 4 Copy Settings menu continued First level Second level Values Reduce Enlarge Scaling Auto Include Margins Paper Selection Image Adjustment Darkness Contrast Background Cleanup Sharpness Content Orientation Orientation 2 Sided Format Output Bin Optimize Text Picture Optimize For Pages per Sheet Automatic Range X Y 25 400 100 75 50 125 150 200 Manually Feed Automatically detect Tray 1 Size Type Tray lt X gt Size Type Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style Book style original Flip style copy Flip style original Book style copy Select from a list of output bins Manually adjust Text Printed picture Photograph One 1 Two 2 Four 4 Administration menu 25 Table 2 4 Copy Settings menu continued First level Second level Values Page Order Right then down Down then right Add Page Borders Original Size Automatically detect Select from a list of sizes that the product supports Edge To Edge Normal recommended Edge To Edge output Job Build Job Build off Job Build on 26 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Scan Digital Send Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Scan Digital Send Settings men
209. lowing Windows operating systems e Windows XP Service Pack 2 or greater 32 bit and 64 bit e Windows Server 2003 32 bit and 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 32 bit and 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 R2 64 bit e Windows Vista 32 bit and 64 bit e Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit The installation program on the software CD that came with the product supports the following Windows operating systems e Windows XP Service Pack 2 or greater 32 bit e Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 or greater 32 bit e Windows Server 2008 32 bit and 64 bit e Windows Server 2008 R2 64 bit e Windows Vista 32 bit and 64 bit e Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit Ee NOTE You also can install the product software on 64 bit Windows XP and 64 bit Windows Server 2003 operating systems by using the Windows Add Printer feature 48 Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW Supported printer drivers for Windows e HP PCL 6 this is the default printer driver that is installed from the software installation CD e HP postscript emulation Universal Print Driver HP UPD PS e HP PCL 5 Universal Print Driver HP UPD PCL 5 e HP PCL 6 Universal Print Driver HP UPD PCL 6 The printer drivers include online Help that has instructions for common printing tasks and also describes the buttons checkboxes and drop down lists that are in the printer driver Ee NOTE For more information about the UPD see www hp com go upd ENWW Supported printer drivers for Windo
210. lty by using a different cable if possible Check the network connection The control panel should indicate ready status If an error message appears resolve the error Ensure that the paper that you are using meets specifications Print a configuration page b From the Home screen on the product control panel open the following menus o Administration o Reports Configuration Status Pages Contiguration Page Touch the Print button It the pages do not print check that at least one tray contains paper It the page jams in the product follow the instructions on the control panel to clear the jam If the configuration page prints check the following items If the page does not print correctly the problem is with the product hardware Contact HP Customer Care If the page prints correctly then the product hardware is working The problem is with the computer you are using with the printer driver or with the program Select one of the following options Solve problems checklist 269 Windows Click Start click Settings and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes Double click the name of the product Or Mac OS X Open the Printer Setup Utility or the Print amp Fax list and double click the line for the product Verify that you have installed the printer driver for this product Check the program to make sure that you are using the printer driver for this product The printer driver is on the
211. mation about the country region of origin the product version production code and the production number of the product Model name Model number M4555 MFP CE502A M4555h MFP CE738A M4555f MFP CE503A M4555fskm MFP CE504A ENWW Product views 1 Control panel layout abc Gi CA HP LaserJet 1 2 3 ghi jkl mno AA m i Ss tuv wXxyz a r Eee DDMMYYYY 00 00 AM i nn Hardware integration port Area for adding third party security devices 2 Touchscreen graphical display Use the touchscreen to open and set up all product functions 3 Brightness adjustment button Use this button to increase or decrease the brightness of the touchscreen display 4 Numeric keypad Use this area to specify the number of copies and other numeric values Sleep button If the product is inactive for a long period of time it automatically enters a sleep mode To place the product into sleep mode or to reactivate the product press the Sleep button 6 Reset button Resets the job settings to factory or user defined default values 7 Stop button Stops the active job and opens the Job Status screen 8 Start button Begins a copy job starts digital sending starts a fax job or continues a job that has been interrupted 9 Pause button Use this button to indicate a required pause for a fax number 10 Attention light Indicates that the product has a condition that requires intervention Examples include an empty paper tra
212. mbedded Jetdirect Menu EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Ping Results Packets Sent Range 0 65535 Default O Packets Received Range 0 65535 Default O Percent Lost Range 0 100 percent Default O RTT Min Range 0 4096 Default O RTT Max Range 0 4096 Default O RTT Average Range 0 4096 Default O Ping in Progress No Yes Refresh No Yes Link Speed Auto 10T Half 10T Full 100TX Half 100TX Full Troubleshooting menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Troubleshooting menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 15 Troubleshooting menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Event Log View Print 42 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Table 2 15 Troubleshooting menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Paper Path Page View Print Fax Fax T 30 Trace Print T 30 Report When to Print Report Print Never automatically print Print after every fax Print only after fax send jobs Print after any fax error Print only after fax send errors Print only after fax receive errors Save Fax V 34 Normal Off Fax Speaker Mode Normal Diagnostic Print Quality Pages Fuser Test Page Print Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Sensors Select from a list of the product sensors
213. me Format Date Format DD MMM YYYY MMM DD YYYY YYYY MMM DD Time Format 12 hour AM PM 24 hours Date Time Date Select the date from a pop up calendar Time Select the time from a pop up keypad Time Zone Select the time zone from a list Adjust for Daylight Checkbox Savings Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled events displays Add Edit Edit Delete Event Type Wake Up Sleep Event Time Event Days Select days of the week from a list ENWW Administration menu 21 Table 2 3 General Settings menu continued Fourth level Values First level Second level Third level Sleep Delay Print Quality Image Registration Adjust Tray lt X gt Select from a list of paper types that the product supports The available Adjust Paper Types options are the same for each paper type Optimize Line Detail Restore Optimize Resolution REt Economode 22 Chapter 2 Control panel menus Print Test Page X1 Shift Y1 Shift X2 Shift Y2 Shift Print Mode Resistance Mode Humidity Mode Enter a value between 1 and 120 minutes The default value is 45 minutes Range 5 00 mm to 5 00 mm Select from a list of print modes Normal Up Down Normal High Normal Off Alternate 1 Alternate 2 Alternate 3 300x300 dpi 600x600 dpi FastRes 1200 ProRes 1200 Off On off On Table 2 3 General Settings menu continued First level Quiet Mode Jam Recovery Manage Stored
214. ment touch eee preview Q the More Options button From E To Name company com LLJ CC E Ce May 24 2010 9 16 29 AM More Options 3 6 If ie are sending a two sided document select the Original Sides menu and select the 1 sided 2 sided option 2sided Touch the Orientation button to select portrait landscape and back side orientation ETE 7 Touch the Start button to begin sending Send E mail previn G Auto detect 100 PDF a Auto B Auto 2A Document File Type Optimize Text Picture a O Manually adjust Output Quality Da Original Sides 2 o Medium 1 sided j Mul Resolution Content Orientation 150 dpi Portrait j Use the address book You can send e mail to a list of recipients by using the address book Depending on how the product is configured you might have one or more of the following address book viewing options e All Contacts Lists all the contacts that are available to you e Personal Contacts Lists all the contacts that are associated with your user name These contacts are not visible to other people who use the product Ee NOTE You must be signed in to the product to see the Persona Contacts list e Local Contacts Lists all the contacts that are stored in the product memory These contacts are visible to all people who use the product Add contacts to the address book from the produ
215. menu control panel 29 FCC regulations 328 features 2 features description 190 feeding problems 235 File Directory Page description 248 File Upload Macintosh 65 Finnish laser safety statement 339 firmware Update Mac 65 firmware upgrades 245 firmware downloading new 265 first page printing on different paper Windows 138 use different paper 68 fitto page 215 folders sending to 177 fonts Upload Macintosh 65 formatter security 257 forms printing Windows 133 fraud Web site 107 fuser jams 290 G gateway setting default 80 gateways configure 182 general configuration HP Embedded Web Server 250 General Settings menu control panel 21 graphics low quality 220 group dial See speed dial H hard disks encrypted 256 help printing options Windows 122 Help button control panel touchscreen 16 help control panel 13 Home button control panel touchscreen 16 Home screen control panel 14 HP Customer Care 323 HP Embedded Web Server copy settings 251 digital send settings 252 fax settings 253 general configuration 250 information pages 250 network settings 254 other links list 254 print settings 251 scan settings 252 security settings 254 troubleshooting tools 253 HP Embedded Web Server EWS features 249 HP fraud Web site 107 HP Jetdirect print server installing 260 models including 2 HP Universal Print Driver 51 HP Utility 65 HP Utility Macintosh 65 HP Web Jetadmin 56 255 HP UX software 57 humidity
216. message might appear during printing or the paper might jam 4 Close the tray 5 The control panel shows the tray s paper type and size If the configuration is not correct follow the instructions on the control panel to I HP lasere change the size or type 96 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 with custom size paper 1 Open the tray 2 Adjust the paper length and paper width guides by squeezing the adjustment latches and sliding the guides to the size of the paper being eed 3 Load paper into the tray Check the paper to verify the guides lightly touch the stack but do not bend it ENWW Load paper trays 97 4 Close the tray 5 The control panel prompts you to set the paper size and type Select the Custom setting and then contigure the X and Y dimensions of the custom paper size NOTE See the label in the paper dete or the following illustration to determine the X and Y dimensions 98 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Configure trays The product automatically prompts you to configure a tray for type and size in the following situations When you load paper into the tray When you specify a particular tray or paper type for a print job through the printer driver or a software program and the tray is not configured to match the printjob s settings Ee NOTE The prompt does not appear if you are printing from Tray 1 and it is configu
217. mmed 275 Clear jams in the document feeder 1 Open the document feeder cover 2 Lift the jam access door and remove any jammed paper 3 Close the document feeder cover 276 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Clear paper jams in the stapler for models with a stapler stacker 1 Press the release latch and then slide the stapler stacker away from the product a ee ee d lt 2 If jammed paper is visible pull it straight out 3 Slide the stapler stacker toward the product Fa N Es A ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 277 Clear staple jams for models with a stapler stacker 1 Press the release latch and then slide the stapler stacker away from the product 2 Open the staple cartridge door 3 Litt up on the staple cartridge green handle and then pull the cartridge out of the stapler to remove it 278 Chapter 13 Solve problems a s A ENWW Lift up on the small lever at the back of the staple cartridge 4 Remove the jammed staples 5 ple 6 Close the lever at the back of the sta cartridge Be sure that it snaps into place 279 Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed ENWW 7 Insert the staple cartridge into the stapler push down on the green handle until it snaps into place and then close the staple cartridge door 8 Slide the stapler stacker toward the product u
218. mmed paper straight out Touch the OK button to clear the message 6 Lower the shield reinstall the print cartridge and then close the top cover 286 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW 7 Reinstall the black plastic shield ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 287 Clear jams in Trays 2 3 4 or 5 CAUTION Opening a tray when paper is jammed can cause the paper to tear and leave pieces of pening Y pap Pap P paper in the tray which might cause another jam Be sure to clear jams before opening the tray 1 Open the tray and make sure that the paper is stacked correctly Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper To access jammed paper from the tray cavity remove the tray trom the product 2 Close the tray 288 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Clear jams in the lower right door Trays 3 4 or 5 1 Open the lower right door 2 If paper is visible gently pull the jammed paper up or down to remove it 3 Close the lower right door ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 289 Clear jams in the fuser N CAUTION The fuser can be hot Turn off the product and then wait for the fuser to cool 1 Models with a stapler stacker Disconnect the stapler stacker connector 2 Models with a stapler stacker Release the stapler stacker latch and then slide the stapler stacker away from the product to remove it 3 All other models Slide the output bi
219. more copies Personal Job When you send a job to the product the job does not print until you request it at the product control panel If you assign a personal identification number PIN to the job you must provide the required PIN at the control panel Quick Copy If the optional hard disk is installed on the product you can print the requested number of copies of a job and then store a copy of the job on the optional hard disk Storing the job allows you to print additional copies of the job later Stored Job If the optional hard disk is installed on the product you can store a job such as a personnel form time sheet or calendar on the product and allow other users to print the job at any time Stored jobs also can be protected by a PIN 4 To use a custom user name or job name click the Custom button and then enter the user name or the job name Select which option to use if another stored job already has that name Use Job Name 1 99 Append a unique number to the end of the job name Replace Existing File Overwrite the existing stored job with the new one 5 Ifyou selected the Stored Job or Personal Job option in step 3 you can protect the job with a PIN Type a 4 digit number in the Use PIN to Print field When other people attempt to print this job the product prompts them to enter this PIN number 70 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW Solve problems with a Mac See Solve product software problems wi
220. mputer to the product Transfers font files from the computer to the product Transfers a firmware update file to the product Sends special characters or print commands to the product after the print job Changes the default tray settings Turns on the automatic two sided printing mode Manages print jobs that are stored on the product hard disk Configures the product to send e mail notices for certain events Configures the network settings such as the IPv4 and Pv 6 settings Configures how the product should behave when supplies are nearing the end of their estimated life ENWW Software for Mac 65 Menu Item Description Restrict Color Configures color printing restrictions for specific users and software programs NOTE This option is available only after you open the View menu and select the Show Advanced option Protect Direct Ports Disables printing over USB or parallel ports Additional Settings Provides access to the HP Embedded Web Server Supported utilities for Mac HP Embedded Web Server The product is equipped with the HP Embedded Web server which provides access to information about product and network activities Access the HP Embedded Web Server from the HP Utility Open the Printer Settings menu and then select the Additional Settings option 66 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW Print with Mac Cancel a print job with Mac 1 2 It the print job is currently printing canc
221. n either touch the Start icon on the touch screen or press the green Start button on the control panel Send a fax using speed dial Send Fax Ready Fax Recipients Speed Dial Code Speed Dial 5555555555 z 7 Delete Details More Options Fax Recipients Send Fax A f Delete De Send Fax a4 Ready Speed Dial 5555555555 Ee NOTE Prior to sending a fax using speed dial you must create a speed dial 1 Place the document in the document feeder or on the scanner glass 2 From the Home screen touch the Fax button 3 Touch a Speed Dial number for the speed dial name you wish to use and then touch the OK button The speed dial name will appear in the Fax Number section of the Fax screen 4 Touch the Start button to send the fax You can either touch the Start button on the touch screen or press the green Start button on the control panel Search a speed dial list by name Use this feature to search an existing speed dial by name NOTE If you do not know the unique name of the speed dial type a letter to select any portion of the list For example to view speed dial names that begin with the letter N type the letter N If no matching entries exist a message appears before the search shows the entry that is closest to the letter N 222 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW 1 From the Home screen touch
222. n away from the product to remove it 290 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW 4 Slide the duplexer away from the product to remove it 5 Carefully flex the left hand side of fuser entrance guide to release it and then rotate the guide out and away from the product to remove it 6 Squeeze the two blue tabs on the fuser to release it slightly litt it up and then pull the fuser straight out of the product to remove it Alm ae ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 291 7 Clear the jam by carefully pulling the paper straight out 8 Push the fuser straight into the product until it snaps into place 9 Insert the right hand side of fuser entrance guide into the product carefully flex the left hand side of the guide and then push it back into the product until the pins on the guide snap into the holes on the product chassis 292 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW 10 Slide the duplexer into the product to install it 11 Models with a stapler stacker Slide the stapler stacker toward the product until it latches into place to install it ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 293 13 All other models Slide the output bin toward the product to install it Clear jams in the registration area 1 Pull the top cover release lever to open the top cover and then remove the print cartridge 294 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW 2 If jammed paper is visible under the re
223. nd Enabled Settings Disabled Fax Header Prepend Overlay Error Correction Mode Enabled Disabled Fax Number Confirmation Enabled Disabled JBIG Compression Enabled Disabled Billing Codes Enable Billing Codes Oi On Minimum Length Range 1 16 Default 1 Default Billing Code Allow users to edit billing codes Default Job Options Image Preview Make optional NOTE You might need Require preview to upgrade the firmware to view this menu Disable preview Resolution Standard 100 x 200dpi Fine 200 x 200dpi Superfine 300 x 300dpi Original Sides 1 sided 2 sided Orientation Portrait Landscape 2 Sided Format Book style Flip style 30 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Notification Content Orientation Original Size Image Adjustment Optimize Text Picture Job Build Blank Page Suppression Fax Receive Settings Fax Receive Setup Rings To Answer Ring Frequency Ring Interval Ringer Volume Notification E mail address Include Thumbnail Orientation 2 Sided Format Darkness Contrast Background Cleanup Sharpness Optimize For Do not notify Notify when job completes Notify only if job fails Print E mail Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style Select from a list of sizes that the product supports Manually adjust Text Printed picture Photograph Job Build o
224. nding on the product configuration this button might not appear The current date and time appear here You can select the format that the product uses to show the date and time for example 12 hour format or 24 hour format Product views 15 Buttons on the touchscreen The status line on the touchscreen provides information about the product status Various buttons can appear in this area The following table describes each button Home button Touch the home button to go to the Home screen from any other screen Start button Touch the Start button to begin the action for the feature that you are using NOTE The name of this button changes for each feature For example in the Copy feature the button is named Start Copy Error button The error button appears whenever the product has an error that requires attention before it can continue Touch the error button to see a message that describes the error The message also has instructions for solving the problem Warning button The warning button appears when the product has a problem but can continue functioning Touch the warning button to see a message that describes the problem The message also has instructions for solving the problem Help button Touch the help button to open the built in online Help system Oo ee 16 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW 2 Control panel menus e Control panel menus e Administration menu Device Maintenance menu E
225. ng it to another product Replace the cable if necessary Solve network problems Check the following items to verify that the product is communicating with the network Before beginning print a configuration page from the product control panel and locate the product IP address that is listed on this page Poor physical connection The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product The computer is unable to communicate with the product The product is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network New software programs might be causing compatibility problems The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly The product is disabled or other network settings are incorrect Poor physical connection 1 2 3 4 Verify that the product is attached to the correct network port using a cable of the correct length Verify that cable connections are secure Look at the network port connection on the back of the product and verify that the amber activity light and the green link status light are lit If the problem continues try a different cable or port on the hub The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the product 306 1 Open the printer properties and click the Ports tab Verify that the current IP address for the product is selected The product IP address is listed on the product configuration page If you installed the product using the HP standard TCP IP port select the box label
226. ng that DSS is in control The only way to change settings is through DSS 2 Click the Fax tab The Fax Send Setup screen displays 3 On the Fax Send Setup screen click Enable Fax Send to enable the fax Make any changes to the common job settings and to the specitic settings for the type of fax being used and then click the Apply button to accept the settings HP Web Jetadmin To access the product analog fax settings by using HP Web Jetadmin perform the following steps For detailed information about HP Web Jetadmin see the HP Web Jetadmin Reference Manual 1 Start HP Web Jetadmin 2 In the At a Glance text box type the IP address of the product in the Quick Device Find text box and then click the Go button to see the device status in the right pane Select Digital Sending and Fax from the status drop down menu in that pane 3 Configure the options in the Fax Settings section or the Advanced Fax Settings section For information about a specific setting select the context help next to the setting 4 After you have made changes to the settings click the Apply button to accept the settings In addition to configuring a single product you can also perform multiple device configuration Multiple device mode configures several products at once For information about this feature see the Web Jetadmin User Guide available under the Self Help and Documentation tab at www hp com go webjetadmin 194 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW HP M
227. ng to a quota server ensures that each person who uses the product stays within a predetermined range of printed or scanned pages When connected the product queries the server at the start of each job to ensure that the person has pages available Copy Print tab Table 12 3 HP Embedded Web Server Copy Print tab Menu Description Open from USB Setup Enable or disable the Open from USB menu on the control panel Manage Stored Jobs Enable or disable the ability to store jobs in the product memory and configure job storage options General Print Settings Configure default settings for print jobs and arrange the order in which the print options appear on the control panel display Copy Settings Configure default settings for copy jobs and arrange the order in which the copy options appear on the control panel display ENWW Use the HP Embedded Web Server 25 Scan Digital Send tab Table 12 4 HP Embedded Web Server Scan Digital Send tab Menu Description Address Book Add e mail addresses into the product one at a time and edit e mail addresses that have already been saved in the product You can also use the Import Export tab to load a large list of frequently used e mail addresses on to the product all at once rather than adding them one at a time E mail Setup Configure the default e mail settings for digital sending including the following e Settings for the outgoing mail SMTP server e Default settings for E ma
228. nistration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Archive and Forwarding Touch the Enable Fax Forwarding box Select one of the following choices from the Type of Fax Job to Forward drop down menu e Send and receive e Send only e Receive only default Touch the Fax Forwarding Number text box to open the keypad Type the number where faxes will be forwarded and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Use fax Fax feature screen The Fax feature screen is used to send faxes To access this screen press the Fax icon displayed on the control panel Home screen a p a oe aa D O gt oe Delete I Details More options Home Key touch to return to main screen 2 Send Fax touch to send fax to recipients 3 Backspace Delete Number 4 Enter Number into Recipient List 5 Status Message Bar 6 Access fax address book 7 Speed Dial Search by Number 8 Image Preview 9 Help touch to display help selections 10 Speed Dial Edit Key 11 Speed Dial Search by Name 12 Speed Dial List scroll to display other entries 13 More Options touch to view or set other fax sending options 14 Press for Details of Selected Recipient 15 Press to Delete Selected Recipient from List 16 Fax Recipients 17 Fax Number touch for keyboard or enter from control panel keypad ENWW Use fax 219 1 When the Fax
229. ntain ENWW Clean the paper path 1 From the Home screen touch the Device Maintenance button 2 Open the following menus e Calibration Cleaning e Cleaning Page 3 Touch the Print button to print the page 4 The cleaning process can take several minutes When it is finished discard the printed page Clean the scanner glass Ee NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies made by using the document feeder clean the scanner strip with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner The scanner strip is located along the left hand side of the scanner glass It is not necessary to clean the entire scanner glass Over time specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and white plastic backing which can affect performance Use the following procedure to clean the scanner glass and white plastic backing 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket ENWW Clean the product 263 2 3 264 Open the scanner lid Clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner Dry the glass and white plastic backing with a ance or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting CAUTION Do not use abrasives acetone benzene ammonia ethyl alcohol or carbon tetrachloride on any part of the product these can damage the product Do not place li
230. ntil it latches in place 280 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Clear jams in the output bin area 1 If paper is visible from the output bin grasp the leading edge and remove it Clear jams from under the top cover 1 Pull the top cover release lever to open the top cover ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 281 2 Remove any jammed sheets that are visible in the print cartridge area 3 If no jammed paper is visible remove the print cartridge and then remove the any jammed paper in the paper path 4 Reinstall the print cartridge and then close the top cover 282 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Clear jams in the right door 1 Open the right door 2 Gently pull the paper out of the pickup area 3 Close the right door ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 283 Clear jams in Tray 1 1 Clear the jam by gently pulling the paper straight out Touch the OK button to clear the message 2 284 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW 3 Pull the top cover release lever to open the top cover and then remove the print cartridge 4 At the front of the registration roller lift the small green tab to raise the plastic roller shield and then pull any jammed paper straight out ENWW Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed 285 5 At the back of the roller use the longer green tab to raise the metal shield and then pull any ja
231. nu settings T 30 Trace The T 30 trace is a printed report which produces a record of all the communications between the sending and receiving fax machines for the last Fax transmission or reception The report has many technical details which are usually beyond the scope of most users However the report contains detailed error codes and other information that might be useful in troubleshooting a particular problem related to sending or receiving a FAX The report contents might be requested by an HP service representative when trying to determine the cause of a problem and will help to determine the appropriate action Transmit Signal Loss This selection compensates for phone line signal loss It is not recommended to modify this setting unless requested to do so by an HP service representative as it might render the fax inoperable V34 This setting has two values Normal and Off that control the modem s baud rate The Normal setting allows the modem to select negotiate with the other modem any of the supported baud rates up to 33 600 bps The Off setting sets the baud rate to 14 400 bps This setting remains set until changed Speaker Mode This service setting has two modes Normal and Diagnostic In Normal mode the modem speaker is turned on during dialing through the initial connection and then shuts off For Diagnostic mode the speaker is turned on and remains on for all fax communications until the setting is returned to Normal S
232. numbers repeat steps 3 through 5 Touch the Save button to save the blocked fax numbers list Delete numbers from the blocked fax list 1 2 ENWW From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Blocked Fax Numbers Touch the number to be deleted from the Blocked Fax Numbers list touch the Delete button and then touch the Save button Touch the OK button to confirm the deletion of the number Repeat steps 3 and 4 to delete more numbers from the Blocked Fax Numbers list or touch the Delete All button and then touch the Save button to delete all numbers from the Blocked Fax Numbers list at once Set fax settings 213 Initiate polling receive Some fax machines can hold a fax until another fax machine requests that the fax be sent When a product polls another fax machine that is holding a fax and requests that the held fax be sent to the product this is known as polling receive 1 On the control panel touch the Fax icon to display the Fax screen Touch More Options to display the options screen Scroll to page 3 Touch Fax Polling to display the Fax Polling screen Touch the text box to display the keyboard Using the keypad type a polling receive number and then touch Start Pees eS The number entered is dialed If a stored fax is being held at the fax machine dialed that fax is transmitted to the product and printed
233. o response 302 slow response 303 product See multifunction product product info 1 product memory sending to 178 product memory scan to 178 proof and hold selecting Windows 149 protocols network 75 PS Emulation drivers 49 pulse dialing setting 197 Q quick copy jobs storing Windows 150 R receiving faxes 225 recipient lists 186 recycling HP printing supplies returns and environmental program 330 recycling supplies 107 redial interval setting 198 redial on busy setting 199 redial on no answer setting 200 reduce copy jobs 157 registration jams 294 regulatory statements environmental product stewardship program 329 remote configuration digital sending utility 195 Web browser 194 Web Jetadmin 194 removing Mac software 63 repeating defects troubleshooting 114 Reports menu control panel 20 required settings country region 191 ENWW resize documents Macintosh 68 Windows 140 resolution setting 205 restore factory settings 271 restoring detault settings copy 164 retention job modes available 147 setting options Windows 149 right door upper jams 283 rings to answer 210 ruler repetitive defect 114 S safety statements SAP software 57 save to device memory 338 339 enabling 174 save to network folder enabling 174 Save to product memory 178 Save to USB 180 save to USB enabling 174 scale documents Macintosh 68 Windows 140 scan job settings 176 scan settings HP Embed
234. of the most current features update the product firmware To download the most recent firmware upgrade go to www hp com go ljm4555mtp _ firmware NOTE Depending on how the product has been contigured the features that appear on the home screen can vary DDMMYYXY 00 00 AM Ss I Ep 1 Features Depending on how the product is configured the features that appear in this area can include any of the following items e Copy Fax e E mail e Save to Network Folder e Save to USB e Save to Device Memory e Open from USB e Open from Device Memory e Quick Sets e Job Status e Supplies e Trays e Administration e Device Maintenance 2 Product status The status line provides information about the overall product status 3 Copy count The copy count box indicates the number of copies that the product is set to make 14 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW ENWW 4 Help button Scroll bar Sign In or Sign Out Network Address Date and time Touch the Help button to open the embedded help system Touch the up or down arrows on the scroll bar to see the complete list of available features Touch the Sign n button to access secured features Touch the Sign Out button to sign out of the product if you have signed in for access to secured features After you sign out the product restores all options to the default settings Touch the Network Address button to find information about the network connection NOTE Depe
235. ol panel touch the Copy button 3 Scroll to and touch the Job Build button 4 Touch the Job Build on button 5 Touch the OK button 6 If necessary select the desired copy options 7 Touch the Start button After each page is scanned the control panel prompts you for more pages 8 If the job contains more pages load the next page and then touch the Scan button The product temporarily saves all the scanned images Touch the Finish button to finish printing the copies Use Job Build mode 171 172 Chapter9 Copy ENWW 10 Scan and send documents e Setup scan send features e Use scan send functions e Send a scanned document ENWW 173 Set up scan send features 174 The product offers the following scan and send features Scan and save files to a folder on your network Scan and save files to the product hard drive Scan and save files to a USB flash drive Scan and send documents to one or more e mail addresses Some scan and send features are not available on the product control panel until you use the HP Embedded Web Server to enable them Ee NOTE To tind detailed information about using the HP Embedded Web Server click the Help link in the upper right corner of each HP Embedded Web Server page 1 2 3 Open a Web page and type the product IP address in the address line When the HP Embedded Web Server opens click the Scan Digital Send tab If you did not previously use the HP Scan to
236. ome screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Reports e Fax Reports 3 Touch the log or report to print or view 4 Touch the Print or View button Fax activity log ENWW The fax activity log includes the following information e The fax header information configured on the product e The job number of each fax job e Date and time of all faxes received sent or failed to send e The type of fax job send or receive e Identification phone number if available e Duration off hook time e Number of pages e _ Result successfully sent pending or failed to send which includes error type and code The database stores the most recent 500 fax entries older faxes are deleted from the log The database fax entries include any fax session as an entry For example a fax session could be a sent fax received fax or firmware upgrades Depending on the activity there might be fewer than 500 entries in the report unless you sent 500 faxes without receiving any faxes or other completing another activity Solve fax problems If you want to use the log for record keeping purposes you should print the log periodically at least every 500 faxes and then clear it Billing code report The billing code report is a list of the most recent 500 faxes that were successfully sent listed by billing code The following information is provided in this report e Billing code numbe
237. on of the problem and print samples or contact HP customer support At HP s option HP will either replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU ENWW HP s Premium Protection Warranty LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement 317 Data stored on the print cartridge 318 The HP print cartridges used with this product contain a memory chip that assists in the operation of the product In addition this memory chip collects a limited set of information about the usage of the product which might include the following the date when the print cartridge was first installed the date when the print cartridge was last used the number of pages printed using the print cartr
238. onments to provide a single driver for use with multiple printer models Preterred when printing to multiple printer models from a mobile Windows computer Recommended for printing in all Windows environments Provides the overall best speed print quality and printer feature support for most users Developed to align with Windows Graphic Device Interface GDI for best speed in Windows environments May not be fully compatible with third party and custom solutions based on POLS 50 Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW HP Universal Print Driver UPD The HP Universal Print Driver UPD for Windows is a single driver that gives you instant access to virtually any HP LaserJet product from any location without downloading separate drivers It is built on proven HP print driver technology and has been tested thoroughly and used with many software programs It is a powerful solution that performs consistently over time The HP UPD communicates directly with each HP product gathers configuration information and then customizes the user interface to show the product s unique available features It automatically enables features that are available for the product such as two sided printing and stapling so you do not need to enable them manually For more information go to www hp com go upd UPD installation modes Traditional mode e Use this mode if you are installing the driver from a CD for a single computer e When inst
239. ontinuable Events Auto continue 10 seconds Press OK to continue 36 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW Manage Supplies menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Manage Supplies menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 10 Manage Supplies menu First level Second level Supplies Status Supply Settings Black Cartridge Maintenance Kit Document Feeder Kit Supply Messages Low Message Reset Supplies New Document Feeder Kit New Maintenance Kit Third level Very Low Settings Low Threshold Settings Very Low Settings Low Threshold Settings Very Low Settings Low Threshold Settings Values Print View Stop Prompt to continue Continue 1 100 Default 10 Stop Prompt to continue Continue 1 100 Default 10 Stop Prompt to continue Continue 1 100 Default 10 On Oft No Yes No Manage Trays menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Manage Trays menu ENWW Administration menu 37 In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 11 Manage Trays menu First level Use Requested Tray Manually Feed Prompt Size Type Prompt Use Another Tray Alternative Letterhead Mode Duplex Blank Pages Override A4 Letter Values Exclusively First Alwa
240. oo TT Fax Numbers Speed Dial 00 5555555555 Je 3 T e Speed Dial Name Speed Dial Code es Ce Fax Numbers Speed Dial 5599990959 Ogg LJ 8 Type a fax number for the Speed Dial Name NOTE To enter additional fax numbers for a speed dial name touch the screen to the right of the last digit of the previously entered fax number When the cursor appears touch the enter key q to move the cursor to the JJ 1 at next line Repeat this step to enter all the numbers for the speed dial name 9 Touch the OK button The name and fax ames number or numbers will appear next to the Required Speed Dial Number 10 When finished press the OK button to return D eee m to the Fax screen Delete a speed dial list 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the HP LaserJet M4555 MFP copies Fax button Quick Se S Copy Access preset job options for Es Make copies from an original a commonly used jobs i document Send a document to one or more Send a document as an attachment fax numbers i to an e mail 2 Touch the Speed Dials button to display the aes Preview au Speed Dial screen Fax Recipients Speed Dial Code eOk C x Bes h o 3 os B l gt Delete Details More Options ENWW Use fax 227 3 Touch a Speed D
241. option and then touch the Save button To configure the address open each of the following menus Network Settings Embedded Jetdirect Menu TCP IP IPV6 Settings Address Use the keypad to enter the address Connect to a network Ee NOTE If you are using the arrow buttons you must press the OK button after entering each digit 81 82 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW 6 Paper and print media e Understand paper use e Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size in Windows e Supported paper sizes e Supported paper types e load paper trays e Configure trays e Select an output bin for models with a stapler stacker ENWW 83 Understand paper use This product supports a variety of paper and other print media in accordance with the guidelines in this user guide Paper or print media that does not meet these guidelines might cause poor print quality increased jams and premature wear on the product For best results use only HP brand paper and print media designed for laser printers or multiuse Do not use paper or print media made for inkjet printers Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend the use of other brands of media because HP cannot control their quality It is possible for paper to meet all of the guidelines in this user guide and still not produce satisfactory results This might be the result of improper handling unacceptable temperature and or humidity levels or other variables o
242. or the software port Use one of the following procedures Windows XP Windows Server 1 Click Start 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Vista 2 Click Settings 3 Click Printers and Faxes using the default Start menu view or click Printers using the Classic Start menu view 4 Right click the product driver icon and then select Properties 5 Click the Ports tab and then click Configure Port 6 Verity the IP address and then click OK or Cancel 7 Ifthe IP Addresses are not the same delete the driver and reinstall the driver using the correct IP address Windows 7 1 Click Start 2 Click Devices and Printers 3 Right click the product driver icon and then select Printer properties 4 Click the Ports tab and then click Configure Port 5 Verify the IP address and then click OK or Cancel 6 Ifthe IP Addresses are not the same delete the driver and reinstall the driver using the correct IP address 308 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Solve product software problems with Mac The printer driver is not listed in the Print amp Fax list The product name does not appear in the product list in the Print amp Fax list The printer driver does not automatically set up the selected product in the Print amp Fax list A print job was not sent to the product that you wanted When connected with a USB cable the product does not appear in the Print amp Fax list after the driver is selected You are using a g
243. ou to store fax numbers on the product Your Microsoft Exchange contact list might also be enabled on the product to appear in the fax address book 1 On the control panel touch the Fax icon to display the Fax screen 2 Touch the Address Book icon to display the Address Book screen 3 Select a fax address book source from the drop down menu 4 Touch the names to highlight them and then touch the right arrow icon to move the highlighted names to the Fax Recipients section 5 Touch the OK button to return to the Fax screen Touch the Start button to send the fax You can either touch the Start button on the touch screen or press the green Start button on the control panel Fax address book search Use the fax address book search feature to complete a name search of the address book 1 2 3 6 7 Touch the Fax icon on the Home screen Touch the fax address book icon located to the right of the fax recipients box Select the All Contacts or Local Contacts choice in the drop down menu at the top of the fax address book screen Touch the Search icon magnifying glass next to the drop down menu On the keyboard type the first letter or letters of the name matching recipients appear as letters are typed Type more letters to further refine the search Select from the name s found at the top of the screen and then touch OK The screen returns to the fax address book Touch the right arrow to enter the selected nam
244. ox Click Print Print Setup or a similar command on the File menu of the program you are working in to open this dialog box Settings changed in the Print dialog box have a lower priority and do not override changes made in the Page Setup dialog box e Default printer driver settings The default printer driver settings determine the settings used in all print jobs unless settings are changed in the Page Setup Print or Printer Properties dialog boxes e Printer control panel settings Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority than changes made anywhere else Change printer driver settings for Mac Change the settings for all print Change the default settings for Change the product configuration jobs until the software program all print jobs settings is closed 1 On the File menu click the Print 1 On the File menu click the Print Mac OS X 10 5 and 10 6 button button 1 From the Apple menu click the 2 Change the settings that you want 2 Change the settings that you want System Preferences menu and on the various menus on the various menus ihn elicleihe Print Fax con 3 On the Presets menu click the 2 Select the product in the left side of Save As option and type a ihe window name for the preset Click the Options amp Supplies These settings are saved in the Presets huton menu To use the new settings you must select the saved preset option every time 4 Click the Driver tab you op
245. p ENWW Improve print quality You can prevent most print quality problems by following these guidelines e Use the correct paper type setting in the printer driver e Use paper that meets HP specifications for this product e Clean the product as necessary e Replace the print cartridge when it has reached the end of its estimated life and print quality is no longer acceptable e _ Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs Select a paper type 1 Open the printer driver click the Properties or Preferences button and then click the Paper Quality tab 2 Select a type from the Type is drop down list 3 Click the OK button Use paper that meets HP specifications ENWW Use different paper if you are having any of the following problems e The printing is too light or seems faded in areas e Specks of toner are on the printed pages e _ Toner is smearing on the printed pages e Printed characters seem misformed e Printed pages are curled Always use a paper type and weight that this product supports In addition follow these guidelines when selecting paper e Use paper that is of good quality and free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles voids staples and curled or bent edges e Use paper that has not been previously printed on e Use paper that is designed for use in laser printers Do not use paper that is designed only for use in Inkjet printers e Use paper that
246. password or change an existing password 1 Open the embedded Web server click the Networking tab and click the Security link Ee NOTE It a password has previously been set you are prompted to type the password Type the password and then click the Apply button 2 Type the new password in the New Password box and in the Verify password box 3 At the bottom of the window click the Apply button to save the password ENWW Connect to a network 79 Manually configure IPv4 TCP IP parameters from the control panel 80 Use the control panel Administration menus to manually set an IPv4 address subnet mask and default gateway 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open each of the following menus b 3 Use the keypad to specity the IP address subnet mask or default gateway Network Settings Embedded Jetdirect Menu TCP IP IPV4 Settings Contig Method Manual Manual Settings IP Address Subnet Mask or Default Gateway Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW Manually configure IPv6 TCP IP parameters from the control panel ENWW Use the control panel Administration menus to manually set an IPv6 address 1 2 b From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button To enable manual configuration open each of the following menus Network Settings Embedded Jetdirect Menu TCP IP IPV6 Settings Address Manual Settings Enable Select the On
247. peating detects slow fax reception slow fax transmission walk up USB printing problems 304 Troubleshooting menu control panel 42 troubleshooting tools HP Embedded Web Server 253 two sided copying two sided printing settings Windows 128 turning on Mac 65 127 309 306 273 114 236 237 169 U uninstalling Mac software 63 uninstalling Windows software 55 universal print driver 51 UNIX software 57 updates downloading product 265 Usage Page description 248 USB sending to 180 ENWW USB contiguration Mac 60 USB contiguration Windows 74 USB Firmware Upgrade menu control panel 46 USB storage accessories printing from 153 USB scanto 180 user names setting for stored jobs Windows 151 Vv voice calls and retries 231 VolP 232 W walk up USB printing 153 Warning button control panel touchscreen 16 warnings iii warranty customer self repair 322 license 319 print cartridges 317 product 316 watermarks adding Windows 142 Web browser requirements HP Embedded Web Server 249 Web Jetadmin remote configuration 194 Web sites customer support 323 fraud reports 107 HP Web Jetadmin downloading 255 Macintosh customer support 323 Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS 332 universal print driver 51 Windows driver settings 53 drivers supported 49 supported operating systems 48 universal print driver 51 wizard fax setup 192 195 ENWW Index 339 354 Index ENWW 2011 Hewlett
248. ping incoming faxes The stamp prints the date time phone number and page number on each incoming page 1 2 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Default Job Options e Stamp Received Faxes Touch the Disabled option default to disable the stamp or touch the Enabled option to enable the stamp Touch the Save button Set fit to page ENWW When selecting a page size to print a fax the product determines the closest page size that matches the intended size from sizes available in the product If the fitto page setting is enabled and the received image is larger than that page size the product attempts to scale the image to fit the page If this setting is disabled an incoming image larger than the page splits across pages l 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings Set fax settings 215 Detault Job Options Fit to Page 3 Touch the Enabled option default to enable fitto page or touch the Disabled option to disable fit to page 4 Touch the Save button Set the paper selection Use the paper selection feature to specify which tray the paper for the fax is loaded from 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus Fax Settings Fax Receive Sett
249. place 112 Chapter 7 Manage supplies ENWW Solve problems with supplies Check the print cartridge Check the print cartridge and replace it if necessary if you are having any of the following problems e The printing is too light or seems faded in areas e Printed pages have small unprinted areas e Printed pages have streaks or bands Ee NOTE If you are using a draft or EconoMode print setting the printing might appear light HP does not recommend the full time use of EconoMode If EconoMode is used full time the toner supply might outlast the mechanical parts in the print cartridge If print quality begins to degrade and is no longer acceptable consider replacing the print cartridge It you determine that you need to replace the print cartridge print the supplies status page to find the part number for the correct genuine HP print cartridge Type of print cartridge Steps to resolve the problem Refilled or remanufactured Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non HP supplies either new or print cartridge remanutactured Because they are not HP products HP cannot influence their design or control their quality If you are using a refilled or remanufactured print cartridge and are not satisfied with the print quality replace the cartridge with a genuine HP cartridge Genuine HP print cartridge 1 The product control panel or the supplies status page indicates Very Low status when the cartridge has reached th
250. print a cleaning page If this does not solve the problem use the repeating defects information in this document to identify the cause of the problem ENWW Improve print quality 299 Use the printer driver that best meets your printing needs You might need to use a different printer driver if the printed page has unexpected lines in graphics missing text missing graphics incorrect formatting or substituted fonts HP PCL 6 driver HP UPD PS driver HP UPD PCL 5 driver HP UPD PCL 6 driver Provided as the default driver on the software installation CD This driver is automatically installed unless you download a different one from the Web Recommended for all Windows environments Provides the overall best speed print quality and productfeature support for most users Developed to align with the Windows Graphic Device Interface GDI for the best speed in Windows environments Might not be fully compatible with third party and custom software programs that are based on PCL 5 Recommended for printing with Adobe software programs or with other highly graphics intensive software programs Provides support for printing from postscript emulation needs or for postscript flash font support Recommended for general office printing in Windows environments Compatible with previous PCL versions and older HP LaserJet products The best choice for printing from third party or custom software programs The best choice when opera
251. printed If the Use Fax Printing Schedule mode is selected then faxes will be only printed per the fax printing schedule The fax printing schedule can be set to lockout an entire day 24 hours or lockout a time period during the day Only one lockout period can be set but it can be applied to any number of days The lockout period is setup under the Fax Printing Schedule menu Adding only one type of event into the schedule would make the product behave as Store All Received Faxes or Print All Received Faxes based on the type of single event added i e Single Store Event would cause device to Store All Received Faxes and Single Print Event would cause Print All Received Faxes Ee NOTE When the lockout time ends any faxes that were received and stored during the lockout period are printed automatically Use fax over VoIP networks VoIP technology converts the analog phone signal into digital bits These are then assembled into packets which travel on the Internet The packets are converted and transmitted back to analog signals at or near the destination The transmission of the information on the Internet is done digitally instead of analog Therefore there are different constraints on the fax transmission that may require different fax settings than the analog Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN Fax is very dependent upon timing and signal quality so a fax transmission is more sensitive to a VoIP environment The following are
252. prompt return of the product HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been subject to incidental use Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by HP c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country region to country region state to state or province to province HP s limited warranty is valid in any country region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product The level of warranty service you receive may vary according to local standards HP will not alter form fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country region fo
253. provides an interface to the product that anyone who has a network connected computer and a standard Web browser can use No special software is installed or configured but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer To gain access to the HP Embedded Web Server type the IP address for the product in the address line of the browser To find the IP address print a configuration page For more information about printing a configuration page see Print information pages on page 248 For a complete explanation of the features and functionality of the HP Embedded Web Server see Use the HP Embedded Web Server on page 249 Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW Software for other operating systems OSs Software UNIX For HP UX and Solaris networks go to www hp com go jetdirectunix software to install model scripts using the HP Jetdirect printer installer HPPI for UNIX For the latest model scripts go to www hp com go unixmodelscripts Linux For information go to www hplip net or www hp com go linuxprinting SAP devices For drivers go to www hp com go sap drivers For information go to www hp com go sap print ENWW Software for other operating systems 57 58 Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW 4 Use the product with Mac e Software for Mac e Print with Mac e Solve problems with a Mac ENWW 59 Software for Mac Supported operating systems for Mac The product supports the following Mac operatin
254. quids directly on the glass or platen They might seep and damage the product NOTE Carefully clean the small glass strip to the left of the scanner glass Small marks on this glass result in streaks on copies made from the a feeder Plug in the product and then use the power switch to turn on the product Chapter 12 Manage and maintain ENWW Product updates To download the most recent firmware upgrade for the product go to www hp com go lim4555mtp firmware ENWW Product updates 265 266 Chapter 12 Manage and maintain ENWW 13 Solve problems e Self help e Solve problems checklist e _ Restore factory settings e Interpret control panel messages e Paper feeds incorrectly or becomes jammed e Improve print quality e The product does not print or it prints slowly e Solve walk up USB printing problems e Solve connectivity problems e Solve product software problems with Windows e Solve product software problems with Mac ENWW 267 Self help In addition to the information in this guide other sources are available that provide helpful information Printable poster for using the product This poster is available on the product CD It prints on four pages that you can post control panel near the product It contains information on using the buttons and other features available on the product control panel Quick Reference Topics Several Quick Reference Topics for this product are available at this Web site
255. r e Date and time of all faxes that were successfully sent e Identification number e Duration off hook time e Number of pages sent e Result success The database stores the most recent 500 faxes older faxes are deleted from the database If you want to use the report for record keeping purposes you should print the report periodically at least every 500 taxes and then clear it Blocked fax list report The blocked fax list report contains the list of fax numbers that the product has been configured to not receive faxes from Speed dial list report A speed dial list report lists the fax numbers assigned to speed dial names Fax call report The fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received Clear the fax activity log To clear the fax activity log complete the following steps 1 On the control panel touch the Administration icon 2 Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Clear fax activity log 3 Touch the Clear button to clear the fax activity log 244 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Service settings These items in the control panel menus can help with troubleshooting if the corrective action taken under the Error Codes section is unsuccessful They are intended to be used when an HP service representative is assisting you Settings in the Troubleshooting menu Open the Administration menu and then select the Troubleshooting menu Troubleshooting me
256. r oe 6121 e EE ne ne EE A E AE PR A re A E 89 kad paper ays aan E E E EEA E E EA eee 90 Tray ana Din Capaci serrreisrer rreri Tarara A R E E TEATE T 90 Paper orientation for loading trays eso acateie tanto ocesnueiaeewectnsea ian aenntighesicnsenoeteadbcnusaented 92 Paper orientation for loading Tray 1 ccccccesessseeeescceeeeeeesaeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaaeneees 92 Paper orientation for loading Tray 2 or Trays 3 4 ANd 5 ooo eeeeeeeeccceeeeeeeeees 93 ENWW Vil loaa Wie Tee aye vac cseseea E A E E E eer Paseesnnaees 94 Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 with standard size paper cseeceeeneeeees 95 Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 with custom size paper ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 97 FS TY Sencar te eer cia O aac ctor ee rn es ese EE A E EAE 99 Configure a tray when loading paper cccccccccssssseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeaseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaee sees 99 Configure a tray to match print job settings ccccccesseeeeceeceeeseseeeeeeeeesesaeeeeeeeeeaaee sees 99 Configure a tray by using the control panel ccccccecceeesseeeeeceeceesaeaeeeeeeeeeesssaeeeeeeees 99 Select the paper by source type OF SIZE cececccccceeccceeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeaaeeeeeeas 100 STe V Ka lt ge ee ae a N ee ee ee eee ee 100 Te nS e ee e AEA T tarsi EEOAE E 100 Select an output bin for models with a stapler stacker cccseeccccccecseeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeseesaaeeeeees 101 2 PANGS SUBBED aaa E A
257. r performing procedures other than those specitied in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation Canadian DOC regulations Complies with Canadian EMC Class A requirements Conforme la classe A des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagn tiques CEM VCCI statement Japan COE QTAZARRNRECT TORE tAE ini CHAT A BRMS Sse CTCEMGHVET COBMPSGITISERAISMOICMRSBT SKI BRSENS CEBHBVYET VCCI A Power cord instructions Make sure your power source is adequate for the product voltage rating The voltage rating is on the product label The product uses either 100 127 Vac or 220 240 Vac and 50 60 Hz Connect the power cord between the product and a grounded AC outlet N CAUTION To prevent damage to the product use only the power cord that is provided with the product Power cord statement Japan Nmd ASAE BRAKES RSL MASNER HHO san CISA MWRECA 338 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW EMC statement China ENAR im AGAR pam Fl Bess ke MCAS Pl EXPT MP H pe m BAP TR PPAR SK BY 47 HI Ser NE EMC statement Korea Ol JIE YF8AB 2 Annas JIOI2L EOI FE ASAE OAS HEHH JA 2 2 SUC EMI statement Taiwan Pi BAA jae INA ein TEEN Eee Re gt PPE WEN TIE gt EAW T gt EHA E Be AER PRA a ET HAS o Laser statement for Finland ENWW Luokan 1 laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat HP LaserJet M4555 M4555h M4555f M4555fskm laserkirjoitin on k
258. r supply or that requires less power The USB storage accessory might not be functioning correctly a Remove the USB storage accessory b Turn the product off and then on c Try printing from another USB storage accessory The file does not print from the USB storage accessory 1 2 Make sure paper is in the tray Check the control panel for messages If paper is jammed in the product clear the jam 304 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW The file that you want to print is not listed in the Open from USB menu 1 You might be trying to print a file type that the USB printing feature does not support The product supports pdf prn pcl ps and cht file types 2 You might have too many files in a single folder on the USB storage accessory Reduce the number of files in the folder by moving them to subfolders 3 You might be using a character set for the tile name that the product does not support In this case the product replaces the file names with characters from a different character set Rename the files using ASCII characters ENWW Solve walk up USB printing problems 305 Solve connectivity problems Solve direct connect problems It you have connected the product directly to a computer check the cable Verify that the cable is connected to the computer and to the product Verify that the cable is not longer than 5 m 16 4 ft Try using a shorter cable Verify that the cable is working correctly by connecti
259. r which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU 316 Appendix B Service and support ENWW HP s Premium Protection Warranty LaserJet print cartridge limited warranty statement This HP product is warranted to be free trom detects in materials and workmanship This warranty does not apply to products that a have been refilled refurbished remanufactured or tampered with in any way b experience problems resulting from misuse improper storage or operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product or c exhibit wear from ordinary use To obtain warranty service please return the product to place of purchase with a written descripti
260. re Data Calibration Cleaning menu To display At the product control panel select the Device Maintenance menu and then select the Calibration Cleaning menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 17 Calibration Cleaning menu First level Second level Values Cleaning Settings Auto Cleaning Oft On Cleaning Interval Cleaning Size Cleaning Page Print Calibrate Scanner ENWW Device Maintenance menu 45 USB Firmware Upgrade menu To display At the product control panel select the Device Maintenance menu and then select the USB Firmware Upgrade menu Insert a USB storage device with a firmware upgrade bundle into the USB port and follow the onscreen instructions Service menu To display At the product control panel select the Device Maintenance menu and then select the Service menu The Service menu is locked and requires a PIN for access This menu is intended for use by authorized service personnel 46 Chapter 2 Control panel menus ENWW 3 Software for Windows e Supported operating systems for Windows e Supported printer drivers for Windows e Select the correct printer driver for Windows e Priority for print settings e Change printer driver settings for Windows e Remove software for Windows e Supported utilities for Windows e Software for other operating systems ENWW 47 Supported operating systems for Windows The product supports the fol
261. red for the Any Size paper size and the Any Type paper type settings In this situation if the print job does not specify a tray the product prints from Tray 1 even if the paper size and type settings in the print job do not match the paper loaded in Tray 1 Configure a tray when loading paper 1 2 3 4 Load paper in the tray Close the tray if you are using Tray 2 3 4 or 5 The tray configuration message appears Touch the OK button to accept the detected size and type or touch the Modify button to choose a different paper size or type Select the correct size and type and then touch the OK button Configure a tray to match print job settings 1 2 5 In the software program specify the source tray the paper size and the paper type Send the job to the product If the tray needs to be configured the tray configuration message appears Load the tray with the specified type and size of paper and then close the tray Touch the OK button to accept the detected size and type or touch the Modify button to choose a different paper size or type Select the correct size and type and then touch the OK button Configure a tray by using the control panel ENWW You can also configure the trays for type and size without a prompt from the product Ie oe From the Home screen touch the Trays button Touch the line for the tray that you want to configure and then touch the Modify button Select the paper siz
262. rencies that are e Do not use transparent print media approved for use in color laser not approved for laser printers printers e Place transparencies on a flat surtace after removing them from the product 84 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Media type Do Do not Letterhead or preprinted forms e Use only letterhead or forms e Do not use raised or metallic approved for use in laser printers letterhead Heavy paper e Use only heavy paper that is e Do not use paper that is heavier approved for use in laser printers than the recommended media and meets the weight specifications specification for this product unless for this product it is HP paper that has been approved for use in this product Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size in Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab Select a size from the Paper size drop down list Select a paper type from the Paper type drop down list u fF OBO N Click the OK button ENWW Change the printer driver to match the paper type and size in Windows 85 Supported paper sizes Ee NOTE To obtain best results select the correct paper size and type in the printer driver before printing Table 6 1 Supported paper and print media sizes Size and dimensions Tray 1 Tray 2 Optional Trays Automatic 3 4 and 5 duplex p
263. requirements 326 information pages HP Embedded Web Server 250 printing or viewing 248 installing EIO devices 260 print cartridge 108 product on wired networks Mac 61 product on wired networks Windows 76 Index 347 software USB connections 74 software wired networks 78 interface ports locating 10 11 Internet Explorer versions supported HP Embedded Web Server 249 IP address contiguring 61 76 IP Security 256 IPsec 256 IPv4 address 80 IPv6 address 81 J jams causes of 273 document feeder 276 fuser 290 lower right door 289 output area 277 output bin 281 recovery 296 registration 294 right door upper 283 scanner 28 stapler 277 278 Tray 1 284 trays 288 Japanese VCCI statement 338 JBIG compression setting 202 Jetadmin HP Web 56 255 Jetdirect print server installing 260 models including 2 Job Build copying 171 Job Mode copying 171 job retention setting options Windows 149 job storage Macintosh settings 69 modes available 147 setting options Windows 149 jobs Macintosh settings 65 jobs print storing permanent copies Windows 150 348 Index storing permanent private copies Windows 151 storing temporarily Windows 150 storing temporary copies Windows 150 jobs stored creating Windows 147 deleting 149 printing 148 receiving notification when printed Windows 151 setting user names Windows 151 specifying names Windows 151 K keys control panel touchs
264. rint 2 Select the product and then click the Print a So Properties or Preferences button v HF LaserJet Professional M1212nf MFP p HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series pe HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax v HP Photosmart A640 series a HP Photosmart Plus B209a m 144 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 3 Click the Output tab 4 Inthe Output Bin Options area select a bin from the Bin drop down list Output Options Staple ee Select staple options with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print ENWW Additional print tasks with Windows 145 2 Select the product and then click the Print ka Properties or Preferences button SS MEPA HP LaserJet M4555 MFP PCL 6 HF LaserJet Professional M1212nf MFP we HP Officejet 7000 E809a Series yp HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series S HP Officejet Pro 8500 A909n Series fax ki HP Photosmart A640 series aw HP Photosmart Plus B209a m 3 Click the Output tab amp E Advanced Printing Shortcuts Paper Quality Effects Finishing Output Job Storage Services Output Options Staple None z a Se anvent 4 Inthe Output Options area select an s option from the Staple drop down list Advanced Pining Shoncuts Paper Quatty Beats Fristing Output job Storage Servaes
265. rinting Letter we we w we 216 x 279 mm 8 5 x 11 in Legal w w w w 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in Executive w w w w 184 x 267 mm 7 24 x 10 51 in Statement Ww 140 x 216 mm 5 5 x 8 5 in 8 5x 13 w w w we 216 x 330 mm 8 5 x 13 in 3x5 w 76 x 127 mm 3 x 5 in 4x6 wv 101 6 x 152 4 mm 4 x 6 in 10x 15 cm y 101 6 x 152 4 mm 4 x 6 in 5x7 w 127 x 188 mm 5 x 7 in 5x8 w 127 x 203 mm 5 x 8 in A4 w we w w 210 x 297 mm 8 27 x 11 69 in A5 w w w w 148 x 210 mm 5 83 x 8 27 in A6 w 105 x 148 mm 4 13 x 5 82 in 86 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Table 6 1 Supported paper and print media sizes continued Size and dimensions Tray 1 Tray 2 Optional Trays Automatic 3 4 and 5 duplex printing B5 JIS w v w w 182 x 257 mm 7 17 x 10 12 in B JIS w 128 x 182 mm 5 03 x 7 16 in 16K w w we 195 x 270 mm 7 67 x 10 62 in 184 x 260 mm 7 24 x 10 23 in 197 x 273 mm 7 75 x 10 74 in Postcard JIS ww 100 x 148 mm 3 93 x 5 82 in Double Postcard JIS w 148 x 200 mm 5 82 x 7 87 in Custom yw 76 x 127 mm to 216 x 356 mm 3 x 5 in to 8 5 x 14 in Custom w we 148 x 210 mm to 216 x 356 mm 5 83 x 8 27 in to 8 5 x 14 in Envelope 9 w 98 x 225 mm 3 85 x 8 85 in Envelope 10 w 105 x 241 mm 4 13 x 9 48 in Envelope Monarch v 98 x 191 mm 3 9 x 7 5 in Envelope B5 w 176 x 250 mm 6 92 x 9 84 in Envelope C5 v 162 x 229 mm 6 37 x 9 01 in Envelope C6 v 162 x 114
266. rs and Faxes Double click the product icon to open the window right click the print job that you want to cancel and then click Cancel gt Windows Vista Click Start click Control Panel and then under Hardware and Sound click Printer Double click the product icon to open the window right click the print job that you want to cancel and then click Cancel gt Windows 7 Click Start and then click Devices and Printers Double click the product icon to open the window right click the print job that you want to cancel and then click Cancel 120 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows Open the printer driver with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button ENWW Basic print tasks with Windows 121 Get help for any printing option with Windows 1 Click the Help button to open the online Help e p Printing Shortcuts A printing shortcut is a collection of saved print settings that you can select with a single click Printing shortcuts m Factory Defaults E 2g General Everyday Printing Change the number of print copies with Windows 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the product and then select the number of copies 122 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Save custom print settings for reuse with Windows Use
267. s e Default Job Options e Resolution 3 Touch one of the following resolution settings e Standard 100 x 200dpi default e Fine 200 x 200dpi e Supertine 300 x 300dpi 4 Touch the Save button Set fax settings 205 Original sides Notification 206 l 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Original Sides Touch one of the following options _ sided default e 2 sided Touch the Orientation button to set the page orientation Touch the Save button Notification selects when and how you are notified of the status of an outgoing fax This setting applies to the current fax only To change the setting permanently change the default setting 1 2 From the Home screen touch the Fax menu Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Default Job Options e Notification Touch one of the following notification settings e Do not notify default e Notify when job completes e Notify only if job fails Touch the Print option to receive a printed notification or touch the E mail option to receive an e mail notification If you selected the Print option touch the Save button to complete the notification setup Or Chapter 11 Fax ENWW 6 If you selected the E mail option use the keyboard to type an e mail address Then touch the
268. s a success is listed in the fax activity log T 30 report Voice calls do not cause a T 30 report to print All retry attempts cause a T 30 report to print Print stored faxes 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Open from Device Memory button Touch the Stored Faxes menu In the Stored Faxes list touch the fax that you want to print a Touch the Start icon to print the fax You can either touch the Start icon on the touch screen or press the green Start button on the control panel Scheduling fax printing memory lock ENWW Use the fax scheduling feature to specify when faxes print The following fax printing modes can be selected e Store all received faxes e Print all received faxes e Use Fax Printing Schedule If the Store all received faxes feature is selected then all incoming faxes will be stored in memory and not printed It is possible to access fax jobs stored in memory through the Open from Device Memory menu Using this menu you can print or delete print jobs while they are stored in memory For additional information about this feature see the Retrieve Job menu description in the product user guide Use fax 237 Ee NOTE Retrieved stored faxes can be accessed by entering the Fax Printing menu and changing to the Print all received faxes mode If the Print all received faxes mode is selected then all incoming faxes will be printed Any faxes that are currently stored in memory will also be
269. s such as REACH Regulation EC No 1907 2006 of the European Parliament and the Council A chemical information report for this product can be found at www hp com go reach Material Safety Data Sheet MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS for supplies containing chemical substances for example toner can be obtained by accessing the HP Web site at www hp com go msds or www hp com hpinto community environment productinto safety For more information To obtain information about these environmental topics e Product environmental profile sheet for this and many related HP products e HP s commitment to the environment e HP s environmental management system e HP s end of life product return and recycling program e Material Safety Data Sheets 332 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Visit www hp com go environment or www hp com hpinfo globalcitizenship environment ENWW Environmental product stewardship program 333 334 Declaration of conformity Manufacturer s Name Manufacturer s Address declares that the product Product Name Regulatory Model Number Product Options Print Cartridges Declaration of conformity according to ISO IEC 17050 1 and EN 17050 1 Hewlett Packard Company DoC BOISB 0904 00 rel 1 0 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA HP LaserJet Enterprise M4555 MFP HP LaserJet Enterprise M4555h MFP BOISB 0904 00 Including CE734A 1x500 sheet input tray
270. s the speed dials that have been set up for this product A detailed report of the last fax operation either sent or received Prints the available PCL fonts Prints the available PS fonts Chapter 12 Manage and maintain ENWW Use the HP Embedded Web Server Use the HP Embedded Web Server to view product status configure product network settings and to manage printing functions from your computer instead of from the product control panel The following are examples of what you can do using the HP Embedded Web Server Ee NOTE When the product is directly connected to a computer use the HP Easy Printer Care software to view the product status instead of the HP Embedded Web Server View product status information Determine the remaining life for all supplies and order new ones View and change tray configurations View and change the product control panel menu configuration View and print internal pages Receive notification of product and supplies events View and change network configuration To use the HP Embedded Web Server you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 01 or later or Netscape 6 2 or later for Windows Mac OS and Linux Netscape only Netscape Navigator 4 7 is required for HP UX 10 and HP UX 11 The HP Embedded Web Server works when the product is connected to an IP based network The HP Embedded Web Server does not support IPX based product connections You do not have to have Internet access to op
271. settings are incorrect 1 Review the configuration page to check the status of the network protocol Enable it if necessary 2 Reconfigure the network settings if necessary ENWW Solve connectivity problems 307 Solve product software problems with Windows Problem A printer driver for the product is not visible in the Printer folder An error message was displayed during the software installation The product is in Ready mode but nothing prints Solution Reinstall the product software NOTE Close any applications that are running To close an application that has an icon in the system tray right click the icon and select Close or Disable Try plugging the USB cable into a different USB port on the computer Reinstall the product software NOTE Close any applications that are running To close an application that has an icon in the task bar right click the icon and select Close or Disable Check the amount of free space on the drive where you are installing the product software If necessary free up as much space as you can and reinstall the product software If necessary run the Disk Defragmenter and reinstall the product software Print a Configuration page and verify the product functionality Verify that all of the cables are correctly seated and within specifications This includes the USB and power cables Try a new cable Verify the IP Address on the Embedded Jetdirect Page matches the IP address f
272. settings that you can select with a single click Printing shortcuts lYes fipovr v X i i 7 Type a name for the shortcut and click the OK Printing Shortcuts button Ta Please type a name for the new printing shortcut Legal Size 126 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW Improve print quality with Windows Select the page size with Windows 1 2 3 4 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab Select a size from the Paper size drop down list Select a custom page size with Windows 1 2 3 4 5 On the File menu in the software program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab Click the Custom button Type a name for the custom size specify the dimensions and click the OK button Select the paper type with Windows 1 SS ae On the File menu in the sottware program click Print Select the product and then click the Properties or Preferences button Click the Paper Quality tab From the Paper type drop down list click the More option Expand the list of Type is options Expand the category of paper types that best describes your paper and then click the paper type that you are using Select the paper tray with Windows 1 2 3 4 EN
273. t between you and HP or its suppliers for the Software including a license agreement in online documentation The term Software may include i associated media ii a user guide and other printed materials and iii online or electronic documentation collectively User Documentation RIGHTS IN THE SOFTWARE ARE OFFERED ONLY ON THE CONDITION THAT YOU AGREE TO ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA BY INSTALLING COPYING DOWNLOADING OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THIS EULA IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THIS EULA DO NOT INSTALL DOWNLOAD OR OTHERWISE USE THE SOFTWARE IF YOU PURCHASED THE SOFTWARE BUT DO NOT AGREE TO THIS EULA PLEASE RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS FOR A REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE IF THE SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED ON OR MADE AVAILABLE WITH ANOTHER HP PRODUCT YOU MAY RETURN THE ENTIRE UNUSED PRODUCT 1 THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE The Software may include in addition to HP proprietary software HP Software software under licenses from third parties Third Party Software and Third Party License Any Third Party Software is licensed to you subject to the terms and conditions of the corresponding Third Party License Generally the Third Party License is in a file such as license txt or a readme file You should contact HP support if you cannot find a Third Party License If the Third Party Licenses include licenses that provide for the a
274. table After the fuser kit reaches its approximated end of life HP s premium Protection Warranty on that fuser kit ends If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the fuser kit Instructions are included with the fuser kit If print quality is no longer acceptable replace the fuser kit Instructions are included with the fuser kit CAUTION The fuser can be hot while the product is in use Wait for the fuser to cool before handling it 1 Open the left door 2 Remove the incompatible fuser 3 Install the correct fuser 4 Close the left door Touch the Supplies button to identity the incompatible supplies Install supplies that are designed for this product Replace the print cartridge Or configure the product to continue printing by using the Manage Supplies menu CAUTION The fuser can be hot while the product is in use Wait for the fuser to cool before handling it 1 Open the right door 2 Grasp the blue handles on both sides of the fuser and pull straight out to remove it 3 Install the new fuser 4 Close the right door Table 7 1 Supplies status messages continued Control panel message Replace supplies Supplies low Supplies very low Unsupported supply installed Used supply in use Description Two or more supplies are at the estimated end of life The actual life remaining might be different than the estimation Consider having replacement supplies available to
275. talled but the icon does not appear on the product main screen Cause HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration utility has disabled the analog fax feature The accessory is not operating correctly Faulty formatter board Solution Use the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration utility to enable the analog fax feature Check the fax accessory status If the status is NON OPERATIONAL new firmware might need to be installed If the status is DAMAGED and you just installed the card try reseating the card and check for bent pins If the status is DAMAGED and the card is installed correctly the card might need to be replaced Contact your HP service representative for service The product is not displaying the fax menus Cause LAN fax is enabled Solution This is normal operation When the HP Digital Sending Software enables LAN fax the analog fax is disabled and the fax menu which is used for the analog fax only does not open General fax problems Problem Fax failed to send An Out of Memory status message appears on the status message bar Print quality of a photo is poor or prints as a gray box Pressed the Cancel button on the product keyboard to cancel a fax transmission and the fax was still sent No fax address book button appears Cause Solution JBIG is enabled and receiving fax does Set JBIG off not have JBIG capability The product storage disk is
276. th Mac on page 309 ENWW Solve problems with a Mac 71 72 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW 5 Connect the product e Printer sharing disclaimer e Connect with USB e Connect to a network ENWW 73 Printer sharing disclaimer HP does not support peer to peer networking as the feature is a function of Microsoft operating systems and not of the HP printer drivers Go to Microsoft at www microsoft com Connect with USB This product supports a USB 2 0 connection Use an A to B type USB cable HP recommends using a cable that is no longer than 2 m 6 5 ft N CAUTION Do not connect the USB cable until the installation software prompts you to connect it CD installation 1 Quit all open programs on the computer 2 Install the software from the CD and follow the onscreen instructions 3 When prompted select the Directly connect to this computer using USB cable option and then click the Next button 4 When the software prompts you connect the USB cable to the product and the computer 5 At the end of the installation click the Finish button or click the More Options button to install more software 6 On the More Options screen you can install more software or click the Exit button 7 Print a page trom any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed Ee NOTE If the installation failed reinstall the software 74 Chapter 5 Connect the product ENWW Connect to a network Yo
277. the File Name text field and select the file type from the File Type drop down list 5 To configure a for the document touch the More Options button 6 Touch the Start button to save the file Send to e mail Save To USB Part00 Select a file or folder File Name EI Documents united New Folder May 24 2010 9 28 23 AM Save To USB Part00 Select a file or folder E3 Documents s New Folder More Options To USB EAA Part00 gt Documents Select a file or folder File Name Welcome pdf May 24 2010 11 06 53 AM New Folder oloon me eO Part00 gt Documents May 24 2010 9 29 46 AM Select a file or folder File Name File Type New Folder More Options May 24 2010 9 29 46 AM The product e mail feature offers the following benefits e Sends documents to one or more e mail addresses e Delivers files in black and white or in color e You can send files in different file formats that the recipient can manipulate In order to use the e mail feature the product needs to be connected to a valid SMTP local area network that includes Internet access Supported protocols The product supports Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP and Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP ENWW Send a scanned document 181 SMTP e SMTP is a set of rules that define the interaction between programs that send and receive
278. the Upgrade To the extent the Upgrade supersedes the original HP Software you may no longer use such HP Software This EULA applies to each Upgrade unless HP provides other terms with the Upgrade In case of a conflict between this EULA and such other terms the other terms will prevail End User License Agreement 319 4 TRANSFER a Third Party Transfer The initial end user of the HP Software may make a one time transfer of the HP Software to another end user Any transfer will include all component parts media User Documentation this EULA and if applicable the Certificate of Authenticity The transfer may not be an indirect transfer such as a consignment Prior to the transfer the end user receiving the transterred Software will agree to this EULA Upon transfer of the HP Software your license is automatically terminated b Restrictions You may not rent lease or lend the HP Software or Use the HP Software for commercial timesharing or bureau use You may not sublicense assign or otherwise transfer the HP Software except as expressly provided in this EULA 5 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS All intellectual property rights in the Sottware and User Documentation are owned by HP or its suppliers and are protected by law including applicable copyright trade secret patent and trademark laws You will not remove any product identification copyright notice or proprietary restriction from the Software 6 LIMITATION ON REVERSE ENGINEERING Yo
279. the product date and time setting This information can be entered using the Fax Setup Wizard or by following these steps 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e General Settings e Date Time Settings e Date Time Format 3 Touch a Date Format option 4 Touch a Time Format option 5 Touch the Save button to save the settings Setup fax 193 Set fax settings Remote fax configuration In addition to using the product control panel you can configure the fax accessory remotely by using various software tools Because the product contains an embedded Web server EWS you can configure the fax accessory across the Web by using either a Web browser or HP Web Jetadmin WJA In addition you can contigure the fax accessory across the network with a network connected computer by using the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility DSS These tools provide access to most of the fax accessory configuration settings that available from the product tax menu Web browser The product contains an embedded Web server EWS The EWS allows you to use a Web browser to access and set the analog fax settings 1 Type the IP address of the product in the browser URL address bar and press Enter to open the EWS Configure product screen To get the IP address of the product print a product Configuration page Ee NOTE If DSS is being used a message appears on EWS indicati
280. then Programs and Features 2 Find and select the product from the list 3 Select the Uninstall Change option Windows 7 1 Click Start Control Panel and then under the Programs heading click Uninstall a program 2 Find and select the product from the list 3 Select the Uninstall option ENWW Remove software for Windows 55 Supported utilities for Windows HP Web Jetadmin HP Web Jetadmin is a simple print and imaging peripheral management software tool that helps optimize product use control color costs secure products and streamline supplies management by enabling remote configuration proactive monitoring security troubleshooting and reporting of printing and imaging products To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems visit www hp com go webjetadmin When installed on a host server a Windows client can gain access to HP Web Jetadmin by using a supported Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer by navigating to the HP Web Jetadmin host HP Embedded Web Server 56 The product is equipped with the HP Embedded Web Server which provides access to information about product and network activities This information appears in a Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer Netscape Navigator Apple Safari or Mozilla Firefox The HP Embedded Web Server resides on the product It is not loaded on a network server The HP Embedded Web Server
281. this product in addition to those listed above 5 This product uses an analog fax accessory module which Regulatory Model number is BOISB 0703 00 as needed to meet technical regulatory requirements for the countries regions this product will be sold Boise Idaho USA October 8 2010 For regulatory topics only European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or HewlettPackard GmbH Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Stra e 140 D 71034 B blingen FAX 49 703 1 14 3143 www hp eu certificates USA Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise Idaho 83707 0015 Phone 208 396 6000 ENWW Declaration of conformity fax models 337 Safety statements Laser safety The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States The device is certitied as a Class 1 laser product under the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 Since radiation emitted inside the device is completely contined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation N WARNING Using controls making adjustments o
282. ting with mixed environments which require the product to be set to PCL 5 UNIX Linux mainframe Designed for use in corporate Windows environments to provide a single driver for use with multiple printer models Preferred when printing to multiple printer models from a mobile Windows computer Recommended for printing in all Windows environments Provides the overall best speed print quality and printer feature support for most users Developed to align with Windows Graphic Device Interface GDI for best speed in Windows environments Might not be fully compatible with third party and custom solutions based on POLS Download additional printer drivers from this Web site www hp com support im4555mip_ software 300 Chapter 13 Solve problems ENWW Improve print quality for copies If you encounter print quality problems in copied documents review the solutions for printed documents listed previously in this document However some print quality problems occur only in copied documents e If streaks appear on copies made by using the document feeder clean the small glass strip on the left side of the scanner assembly e f dots or other defects appear on copies made by using the scanner glass clean the scanner glass and the white plastic backing 1 Use the power switch to turn off the product and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket 2 Open the scanner lid 3 Clean the scanner glass and th
283. tings for using an Internet fax service Speed Dials Manage fax speed dial numbers You can also import CSV files containing e mail addresses fax numbers or user records so that they can be accessed on this product You can also export e mail fax or user records from the product into a file on your computer You can then use this file as a data backup or you can use it to import the records onto another HP product Fax Receive Setup Configure default print options for incoming faxes and set up a fax printing schedule Fax Archive and Forwarding Enable or disable fax archiving and fax forwarding and configure basic settings for each e Fax archiving is a method to send a copy of all incoming and outgoing faxes to an e mail address e Fax forwarding is a method to forward incoming faxes to a different fax device Fax Activity Log Contains a list of the faxes that have been sent from or received by this product Troubleshooting tab Table 12 6 HP Embedded Web Server Troubleshooting tab Menu Description Reports and Tests Print a variety of reports to help you solve problems with the product Change the fax speed and fax speaker mode for diagnostic purposes Firmware upgrade Download and install product firmware upgrade files Restore Factory Settings Restore the product settings to the original factory set default settings Retrieve Diagnostic Data Export files that contain information about the product for use when you requ
284. tion The fax machine to which you are sending might be malfunctioning Your phone line might not be working The fax accessory automatically redials a fax number if the Redial on Busy option is set to on or if the Redial On No Answer is set on The receiving fax machine might be turned off or might have an error condition such as being out of paper A fax might be in memory because it is waiting to redial a busy number or there are other jobs ahead of it waiting to be sent Solution Try using a lower baud rate to improve the reliability of transmission See maximum baud rate setting Verify that the fax telephone line does not have an activated call waiting feature A call waiting notice can interrupt a fax call in progress which causes a communication error Disable the detect dial tone setting Try again later Try sending to another fax machine Disconnect the fax accessory from the phone jack and connect a phone Try to make a phone call to ensure the phone line is working This is normal operation If you do not want the fax to retry set Redial on Busy to O and set Redial On No Answer to O Call the recipient to make sure the fax machine is turned on and ready to receive faxes If a fax job is in memory for either of these reasons an entry for the job appears in the fax log Print the fax activity log and check the Result column for jobs with a Pending designation Error codes If a f
285. tion button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Fax Printing Schedule Touch the Use Fax Printing Schedule option Touch the Schedule button Touch Fax Printing Mode Touch the green plus sign to open the Schedule a Weekly Fax Event screen Select an option under the Event Type heading e Print incoming faxes e Store incoming taxes Touch the Time fields to open the keypad and then enter the hour and minute values when incoming faxes will be printed or stored Touch the Event Days buttons for the days to apply the fax printing schedule 10 Touch the OK button 11 Touch the Save button to save the fax printing schedule 12 Touch the Save button to enable fax printing schedule Chapter 11 Fax ENWW NOTE Only one fax printing schedule can be applied per day Block incoming faxes Use the fax block list setting to create a list of blocked phone numbers When a fax is received from a blocked phone number the fax is not printed and is immediately deleted from memory Create a blocked fax list 1 2 6 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Receive Settings e Blocked Fax Numbers Touch the Fax Number to Block text box to display the keyboard Type a number and then touch the OK button Touch the green arrow to move the number to the Blocked Fax Numbers list Ee NOTE To add additional blocked fax
286. to second page overlay mode or adjust the Fit to page setting Document stops feeding in the middle of There might be a jam in the ADF If there is a jam see the product user faxing guide for instructions on clearing jams The volume for sounds coming from the The volume setting needs to be adjusted fax accessory is too high or too low Problems with receiving faxes 236 Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the fax accessory no fax detected Cause Solution The rings to answer setting might not be set correctly Check the rings to answer setting The phone cord might not be connected properly or the Check the installation Make sure you are using the phone phone cord is not working cord that came with the fax accessory The phone line might not be working Disconnect the fax accessory from the phone jack and connect a phone Try to make a phone call to ensure the phone line is working A voice messaging service might be interfering with the fax Do one of the following accessory s ability to answer calls e Discontinue the messaging service e Geta phone line dedicated to fax calls e Decrease the rings to answer for the fax accessory to a number less than the rings to answer for the voice mail Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly Cause Solution You might be sending or receiving a very complex fax such Complex faxes take longer to be sent or received as one with many graphics
287. to connect to a set of dynamic Web pages that help you solve problems These pages also show additional services available for the product Shows a summary of the number of pages the product has printed grouped by size type and paper print path Shows the product network name address and model information To customize these entries click the Device Information menu on the General tab Browse to a file on your computer or network and print it Lists the internal reports and pages for the product Select one or more items to print or view General tab Table 12 2 HP Embedded Web Server General tab Menu Description Control Panel Customization Quick Sets Setup Alerts Control Panel Administration Menu AutoSend Control Panel Snapshot 250 Chapter 12 Manage and maintain Configure which features appear on the control panel Home screen and the order in which they appear Contigure jobs that are available in the Quick Sets area of the Home screen on product control panel Set up e mail alerts for various product and supplies events Shows the menu structure of the Administration menu on the control panel NOTE You can configure settings on this screen but the HP Embedded Web Server provides more advanced configuration options than are available through the Administration menu Configure the product to send automated e mails regarding product configuration and supplies to specitic e mail addresses S
288. to the product 92 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW Paper orientation for loading Tray 2 or Trays 3 4 and 5 Paper type Single sided printing Duplex printing Letterhead preprinted or prepunched Face down Face up Top edge at the right of the tray Top edge at the right of the tray ENWW Load paper trays 93 Load Tray 1 N CAUTION To avoid jams never add or remove paper from Tray 1 during printing 1 Open Tray 1 2 Pull out the extension to support ei and set the side guides to the correct width 3 Load paper in the tray 94 Chapter 6 Paper and print media ENWW 4 Make sure the stack fits under the tabs on the guides and does not exceed the load level indicators 5 Adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch the paper stack but do not bend it Load Tray 2 and optional Trays 3 4 and 5 with standard size paper 1 Open the tray NOTE Do not open the tray while it is in use ENWW Load paper trays 95 2 Adjust the paper length and paper width guides by squeezing the adjustment latches and sliding the guides to the size of the paper being used 3 Load paper into the tray Check the paper to verify the guides lightly touch the stack but do not bend it NOTE To prevent jams do not overfill the tray Be sure the top of the stack is below the tray full indicator NOTE Ifthe tray is not adjusted correctly an error
289. ts regardless of the redial settings the first one at 26 400 bps and if that fails a second one at 14 400 bps During this redial operation a message appears on the control panel to indicate that a redial is in progress 1 2 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Redial Interval text box to display the keypad Enter the value 1 5 default is 5 and touch the OK button Touch the Save button Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Set redial on error The Redial on error feature sets the number of times a fax number will be redialed when an error occurs during a fax transmission 1 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Redial on error box to open the keypad Enter a value 0 9 default is 2 and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button Set redial on busy The redial on busy setting selects the number of times O through 9 the fax accessory redials a number when the number is busy The interval between retries is set by the Redial Interval setting 1 2 ENWW From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fa
290. tyle Automatically detect Color Black Gray Black Choose from a list of paper sizes Do not notify Notify when job completes Notify only if job fails Print E mail Job Build off Job Build on Enabled Disabled Table 2 5 Scan Digital Send Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Digital Send Service Allow Usage of Digital Select or clear the check Setup Sending Software DSS box The default setting is Server with the check box cleared Allow Transfer to New Select or clear the check Digital Sending Software box The default setting is DSS Server with the check box cleared Fax Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Fax Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Setup Wizard Fax Dialing Settings Fax Dial Volume Off Low High Dialing Mode Tone Pulse Redial On Busy Range 0 9 Default 3 Redial On No Answer Range 0 2 Default O Redial Interval 1 5 Minutes Default 5 minutes Detect Dial Tone Fax Send Speed Fast Medium Slow Dialing Prefix ENWW Administration menu 29 Table 2 6 Fax Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values General Fax Send PC Fax Se
291. u In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 5 Scan Digital Send Settings menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values E mail Settings Default Save to Network Folder Options Default Save to USB Options NOTE The same options are available for each of these features except where noted E mail Setup NOTE E mail Settings only Default Job Options E mail Setup Wizard Image Preview NOTE You might need to upgrade the firmware to view this menu Default File Name Document File Type Optimize Text Picture Optimize For Output Quality Original Sides Orientation 2 Sided Format Make optional Require preview Disable preview Select from a list of file types Manually adjust Text Printed picture Photograph High large file Medium Low small file l sided 2 sided Portrait Landscape Book style Flip style Administration menu 27 Table 2 5 Scan Digital Send Settings menu continued First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values 28 Resolution Content Orientation Color Black Original Size Notification Image Adjustment Job Build Blank Page Suppression Chapter 2 Control panel menus Orientation 2 Sided Format Darkness Contrast Background Cleanup Sharpness 600 dpi 400 dpi 300 dpi 200 dpi 150 dpi 75 dpi Portrait Landscape Book style Flip s
292. u can configure network parameters from the control panel the HP Embedded Web Server or for most networks from the HP Web Jetadmin software Ee NOTE HP Web Jetadmin software is not supported on Mac OS X operating systems For a complete list of supported networks and for instructions on contiguring network parameters from software see the HP Jetdirect Embedded Print Server Administrator s Guide The guide comes with products in which an HP Jetdirect embedded print server is installed Supported network protocols Table 5 1 Supported network protocols Network type Supported protocols TCP IP IPv4 and IPv6 networks e Apple Bonjour e Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP v1 v2 and v3 e Hyper Text Transfer Protocol HTTP e Secure HTTP HTTPS e File Transfer Protocol FTP e Port 9100 e Line printer daemon LPD e Internet Printing Protocol IPP e Secure IPP e Web Services Dynamic Discovery WS Discovery e _ Psec Firewall TCP IP IPv4 networks only e Auto IP e Service Location Protocol SLP e Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP e Telnet e Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP v2 e Bootstrap Protocol BOOTP DHCP e Windows Internet Name Service WINS e P Direct Mode e WS Print ENWW Connect to a network 75 Table 5 1 Supported network protocols continued Network type Supported protocols TCP IP IPv6 networks only e Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP v6 e Multicast List
293. u may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the HP Software except and only to the extent that the right to do so is allowed under applicable law 7 CONSENT TO USE OF DATA HP and its affiliates may collect and use technical information you provide in relation to i your Use of the Software or the HP Product or ii the provision of support services related to the Software or the HP Product All such information will be subject to HP s privacy policy HP will not use such information in a form that personally identities you except to the extent necessary to enhance your Use or provide support services 8 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Notwithstanding any damages that you might incur the entire liability of HP and its suppliers under this EULA and your exclusive remedy under this EULA will be limited to the greater of the amount actually paid by you for the Product or U S 5 00 TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INCIDENTAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS LOST DATA BUSINESS INTERRUPTION PERSONAL INJURY OR LOSS OF PRIVACY RELATED IN ANY WAY TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF HP OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND EVEN IF THE ABOVE REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE Some states or other jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or cons
294. umbers Speed Dial 5555555555 5595555555 4 Touch the down arrow on the Speed Dial Name box to open the drop down menu 5 Touch the Fax Numbers item 6 To add a fax number for a speed dial name touch the screen to the right of the last digit of the last fax number in the list When the cursor appears touch the enter key q to move the cursor to the next line and then type the fax number 7 Touch the OK button to return to the Speed Dials screen 8 Touch the OK button to return to the Fax screen Speed Dial Name Spean ial tone ax Numpers pee la 5555555555 5555555555 230 Chapter 11 Fax ENWW Voice calls and retries Fax call report A fax call report is printed when the notification feature has been enabled in the Default Job Options or More Options menu When all fax attempts have been exhausted a fax call report will be printed for a fax send It shows the fax job log ID The result of the final attempt is printed on the fax call report A tax call report does not print for voice calls Ee NOTE A fax call report only generates Job numbers for final attempts If one of these reports is printed manually from the menu and the last call was neither the final attempt nor a voice call the job number will be zero Fax activity log Voice calls are not included in the fax activity log by default Only the final attempt after all redials are used or the fax i
295. up and restore data See the sections that follow for details about these menus Control panel menus 19 Administration menu You can perform basic product setup by using the Administration menu Use the HP Embedded Web Server for more advanced product setup To open the HP Embedded Web Server enter the product IP address or host name in the address bar of a Web browser Reports menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Reports menu Table 2 2 Reports menu 20 First level Second level Values Configuration Status Pages Administration Menu Map Print View Current Settings Page Print View Configuration Page Print View Supplies Status Page Print View Usage Page Print View File Directory Page Print View Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Print View Billing Codes Report Print View Blocked Fax List Print View Speed Dial List Print View Fax Call Report Print View Chapter 2 Control panel menus Table 2 2 Reports menu continued First level Second level Values Other Pages PCL Font List Print PS Font List Print General Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the General Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 3 General Settings menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Date Time Settings Date Ti
296. vailability of source code such as the GNU General Public License and the corresponding source code is not included with the Software then check the product support pages of HP s website hp com to learn how to obtain such source code 2 LICENSE RIGHTS You will have the following rights provided you comply with all terms and conditions of this EULA a Use HP grants you a license to Use one copy of the HP Software Use means installing copying storing loading executing displaying or otherwise using the HP Sottware You may not modify the HP Software or disable any licensing or control feature of the HP Software If this Software is provided by HP for Use with an imaging or printing product for example if the Software is a printer driver firmware or add on the HP Software may only be used with such product HP Product Additional restrictions on Use may appear in the User Documentation You may not separate component parts of the HP Software for Use You do not have the right to distribute the HP Software b Copying Your right to copy means you may make archival or back up copies of the HP Software provided each copy contains all the original HP Software s proprietary notices and is used only for back up purposes 3 UPGRADES To Use HP Software provided by HP as an upgrade update or supplement collectively Upgrade you must first be licensed for the original HP Software identified by HP as eligible for
297. ver which Hewlett Packard has no control N CAUTION Using paper or print media that does not meet Hewlett Packard s specifications might cause problems for the product requiring repair This repair is not covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty or service agreements Special paper guidelines This product supports printing on special media Use the following guidelines to obtain satistactory results When using special paper or print media be sure to set the type and size in the printer driver to obtain the best results N CAUTION HP LaserJet products use fusers to bond dry toner particles to the paper in very precise dots HP laser paper is designed to withstand this extreme heat Using inkjet paper could damage the product Media type Do Do not Envelopes e Store envelopes flat e Do not use envelopes that are wrinkled nicked stuck together or e Use envelopes where the seam otherwise damaged extends all the way to the corner of the envelope e Do not use envelopes that have clasps snaps windows or coated e Use peel off adhesive strips that are linings approved for use in laser printers e Do not use self stick adhesives or other synthetic materials Labels e Use only labels that have no e Donotuse labels that have exposed backing between them wrinkles or bubbles or are damaged e Use labels that lie flat e Do not print partial sheets of labels e Use only full sheets of labels Transparencies e Use only transpa
298. views Print cartridge views ae Plastic shield 2 Print cartridge memory tag 3 Toner sealing tape tab 4 Imaging drum ENWW Supplies views 105 Manage print cartridges Settings for print cartridges Print when a print cartridge is at estimated end of life e A Black Cartridge Low message appears when the print cartridge is nearing the estimated end of its useful life e A Black Cartridge Very Low message appears when the print cartridge is at its estimated end of useful life Print quality problems can occur when using a supply that is at its estimated end of life Once an HP supply has reached Very Low HP s premium Protection Warranty on that supply has ended Enable or disable the Very Low Settings options from the control panel You can enable or disable the detault settings at any time and you do not have to re enable them when you install a new print cartridge 1 From the Home screen on the control panel touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e Manage Supplies e Supply Settings e Black Cartridge e Very Low Settings 3 Select one of the following options e Select the Continue option to set the product to alert you that the print cartridge is very low but to continue printing e Select the Stop option to set the product to stop printing including printing faxes until you replace the print cartridge e Select the Prompt to continue option to set the product to stop pr
299. welcome pdf a Select a file or folder from the list at the left a A Walk up USB printing 153 4 Ifyou need to adjust the number of copies lt de mc Copies Cc pies 1 touch the ann field and then use the ele keypad to select the number of copies Cer ooe SS 5 Touch the Start button to print the document eee cele Part00 gt Documents Welcome pdf Select a file or folder from the list at the left 154 Chapter 8 Print tasks ENWW 9 Copy e Use copy functions e Copy settings e Copy a book e Copy a photo e Create a stored copy job e Copy mixed size originals e Copy on both sides duplex e Use Job Build mode ENWW 155 Use copy functions Copy Use the scanner glass to make as many as 9999 copies of small lightweight paper less than 60 g m or 16 lb or heavy paper more than 105 g m or 28 lb This includes paper such as receipts newspaper clippings photographs old documents worn documents and books Use the document feeder to make as many as 9999 copies of a document that has up to 50 pages depending on the thickness of the pages 1 To copy from the scanner glass place the original document face down on the glass Align the corner of the original with the upper left corner of the glass 2 To copy from the document feeder place the document into the document feeder with the pages facing up 3 To make copies
300. where else in the printing software You can change most of the print settings here Default printer driver settings The detault printer driver settings determine the settings used in all print jobs unless settings are changed in the Page Setup Print or Printer Properties dialog boxes Printer control panel settings Settings changed at the printer control panel have a lower priority than changes made anywhere else Chapter 3 Software for Windows ENWW Change printer driver settings for Windows Change the settings for all print jobs until the software program is closed 1 On the File menu in the software program click Print 2 Select the driver and then click Properties or Preferences The steps can vary this procedure is most common Change the default settings for all print jobs 1 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using the default Start menu view Click Start and then click Printers and Faxes Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using the Classic Start menu view Click Start click Settings and then click Printers Windows Vista Click Start click Control Panel and then in the category for Hardware and Sound click Printer Windows 7 Click Start and then click Devices and Printers 2 Right click the driver icon and then select Printing Preferences Change the product configuration settings 1 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using th
301. whether to print the watermark on all pages or on the first page only 68 Chapter 4 Use the product with Mac ENWW 5 From the Text menu select one of the standard messages or select the Custom option and type a new message in the box 6 Select options for the remaining settings Print multiple pages on one sheet of paper with Mac N 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Select the driver 3 Open the Layout menu 4 From the Pages per Sheet menu select the number of pages that you want to print on each sheet 1 2 4 6 9 or 16 5 In the Layout Direction area select the order and placement of the pages on the sheet From the Borders menu select the type of border to print around each page on the sheet Print on both sides duplex with Mac 1 Insert enough paper into one of the trays to accommodate the print job 2 On the File menu click the Print option 3 Open the Layout menu 4 From the Two Sided menu select a binding option Store jobs with Mac You can store jobs on the product so you can print them at any time You can share stored jobs with other users or you can make them private 1 On the File menu click the Print option 2 Open the Job Storage menu ENWW Print with Mac 69 3 Inthe Job Storage Mode drop down list select the type of stored job e Proof and Hold This feature provides a quick way to print and proof one copy of a job and then print
302. ws 131 ports locating 11 PostScript Printer Description PPD tiles included 65 power consumption 326 power connection locating 10 power switch locating 6 PPDs included 65 prefix automatic dialing 200 preprinted paper printing Windows 133 presets Mac 67 print cartridge replacing 108 print cartridges checking for damage 113 memory chips 318 non HP 107 part numbers 313 recycling 107 330 storage 107 warranty 317 print job canceling 67 350 Index print jobs storing permanent copies Windows 150 storing permanent private copies Windows 151 storing temporarily Windows 150 storing temporary copies Windows 150 print media loading in Tray 1 94 Print Options menu control panel 34 print quality improving 297 improving Windows 127 print server card installing 260 print settings HP Embedded Web Server 251 Print Settings menu control panel 33 print tasks 119 printer drivers choosing 300 printer drivers Mac changing settings 64 settings 67 printer drivers Windows changing settings 53 settings 121 supported 49 printing from USB storage accessories 153 settings Mac 67 settings Windows 121 stored jobs 148 printing locked faxes 231 printing on both sides settings Windows 128 priority settings 52 64 private jobs storing permanently Windows 151 storing temporarily Windows 150 problem solving e mail alerts 65 Error button control panel touchscreen 16 messages types of 272 n
303. ws 49 Select the correct printer driver for Windows Printer drivers provide access to the product features and allow the computer to communicate with the product using a printer language The following printer drivers are available at www hp com support ljm4555mfp_ software HP PCL 6 driver HP UPD PS driver HP UPD PCL 5 driver HP UPD PCL 6 driver Provided as the default driver on the software installation CD This driver is automatically installed unless you download a different one from the Web Recommended for all Windows environments Provides the overall best speed print quality and productfeature support for most users Developed to align with the Windows Graphic Device Interface GDI for the best speed in Windows environments Might not be fully compatible with third party and custom software programs that are based on PCL 5 Recommended for printing with Adobe software programs or with other highly graphics intensive software programs Provides support for printing from postscript emulation needs or for postscript flash font support Recommended for general office printing in Windows environments Compatible with previous PCL versions and older HP LaserJet products The best choice for printing from third party or custom software programs The best choice when operating with mixed environments which require the product to be set to PCL 5 UNIX Linux mainframe Designed for use in corporate Windows envir
304. x Dialing Settings Touch the Redial On Busy text box to display the keypad Enter a value 0 9 default is 3 and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button Set fax settings 199 Set redial on no answer The redial on no answer setting selects the number of times the fax accessory redials if the number dialed does not answer The number of retries is either O to 1 used in the U S or O to 2 depending on the country region setting The interval between retries is set by the redial interval setting 1 2 4 5 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Redial On No Answer text box to display the keypad Enter a value 0 2 default is O and then touch the OK button Touch the Save button Set the dial tone detection The detect dial tone setting determines whether the fax checks for a dial tone before sending a fax 1 2 4 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button Open the following menus e Fax Settings e Fax Send Settings e Fax Send Setup e Fax Dialing Settings Touch the Detect Dial Tone setting a checkmark appears next to the Detect Dial Tone setting when selected The default setting is unchecked disabled Touch the Save button to enable dial tone detection Set a dialing prefix if required The dialing prefix setting
305. x Setup menu settings does not appear in the menu listing LAN or internet fax might be enabled When LAN or internet fax is enabled the analog fax accessory is disabled and the fax menu does not display Only one fax feature either LAN fax analog fax or internet fax can be enabled at a time The fax icon displays for either fax feature If you wish to use analog fax when LAN fax is enabled use the HP MFP Digital Sending Software Configuration Utility or the product embedded Web server to disable LAN fax Set or verify the date and time The date and time setting for the fax accessory is the same value as the product date and time setting This information can be entered using the Fax Setup Wizard or by following these steps 1 From the Home screen scroll to and touch the Administration button 2 Open the following menus e General Settings e Date Time Settings e Date Time 3 Touch the correct Time Zone setting for your locale 4 Touch the Month drop down menu and select a month 5 Touch the boxes next to the Date drop down menu to enter the day and year from the keypad 6 Touch the boxes below the Time heading to enter the hour and minutes from the keypad and then touch the AM or PM button 7 Touch the Adjust for Daylight Savings feature if necessary 8 Touch the Save button to save the settings Set or verify the date time format ENWW The date and time format setting for the fax accessory is in the same format as
306. y or an error message 11 Data light Indicates that the product is receiving data 12 Ready light Indicates that the product is ready to begin processing any job 13 Backspace button Clears the active text or number field and returns values to the default settings 14 USB port on the bottom edge of the hinged control Connect a USB flash drive for walk up printing and panel scanning use the HP Embedded Web Server Security tab to enable the port 12 Chapter 1 Product basics ENWW Control panel help system ENWW The product has a built in Help system that explains how to use each screen To open the Help system touch the Help button in the upper right corner of the screen For some screens the Help opens to a global menu where you can search for specific topics You can browse through the menu structure by touching the buttons in the menu For screens that contain settings for individual jobs the Help opens to a topic that explains the options for that screen If the product alerts you of an error or warning touch the error E or warning button to open a message that describes the problem The message also contains instructions to help solve the problem Product views es Touchscreen navigation The home screen provides access to the product features and it indicates the current status of the product Ee NOTE HP regularly updates features that are available in the product firmware To take advantage
307. y the user to this equipment or equipment malfunctions may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system if present are connected together This precaution can be particularly important in rural areas N CAUTION Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves but should contact the appropriate electric inspection authority or electrician as appropriate The Ringer Equivalence Number REN of this device is 0 0 342 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Notice The Ringer Equivalence Number REN assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five 5 0 The standard connecting arrangement code telephone jack type for equipment with direct connections to the telephone network is CA11A Japan Telecom Mark w 1 A08 0138004 T Vietnam Telecom wired marking for ICTQC Type approved products O qu A I O O ma ENWW Additional statements for telecom fax products 343 344 Appendix D Regulatory information ENWW Index
308. y to use it N CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes HP policy on non HP print cartridges HewlettPackard Company cannot recommend the use of non HP print cartridges either new or remanutactured EY NOTE Any damage caused by a non HP print cartridge is not covered under the HP warranty and service agreements HP anticounterfeit Web site Go to www hp com go anticounterteit when you install an HP print cartridge and the control panel message says the cartridge is non HP HP will help determine if the cartridge is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem Your print cartridge might not be a genuine HP print cartridge if you notice the following e The supplies status page indicates that a non HP supply is installed e You are experiencing a high number of problems with the print cartridge e The cartridge does not look like it usually does for example the packaging differs from HP packaging ENWW Manage print cartridges 107 Replacement instructions Replace the print cartridge N CAUTION If toner gets on clothing wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothes in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric Ee NOTE Information about recycling used print cartridges is on the print cartridge box 1 Pull the top cover release lever to open the top cover 2 Grasp the handle of the used print cartridge and pull out to remove
309. ys Unless loaded Display Do not display Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Auto Stapler Stacker Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Stapler Stacker Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 12 Stapler Stacker Settings menu First level Values Operation Mode Mailbox Stacker 38 Chapter 2 Control panel menus Function Separator Table 2 12 Stapler Stacker Settings menu continued First level Values Stapling None Top left or right Top lett Top right Staples Very Low Continue Stop Network Settings menu To display At the product control panel select the Administration menu and then select the Network Settings menu In the following table asterisks indicate the factory default setting Table 2 13 Network Settings menu First level Values I O Timeout Range 5 300 sec Default 15 Embedded Jetdirect Menu See the table that follows for details These menus have the same structure If an additional HP Jetdirect network card is installed in the EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu EIO slot then both menus are available Table 2 14 Embedded Jetdirect Menu EIO lt X gt Jetdirect Menu First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Information Print Sec Page Yes No TCP IP Enable On Off Host Name IPV4 Settings Config Method Bootp DH

HP LaserJet Enterprise M4555 MFP user guide - ENWW

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents